FST 2802 Pad Gigabit Ethernet Services Module User's Guide TTC/TTC Users TTC

User Manual: TTC/TTC FST 2802 Users

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 344

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Acterna FST-2802 TestPad
Gigabit Ethernet Services Module

User’s Guide

Acterna FST-2802 TestPad
Gigabit Ethernet Services Module

User’s Guide

Notice

Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this document
was accurate at the time of printing. However, information is subject to
change without notice, and Acterna reserves the right to provide an
addendum to this document with information not available at the time
that this document was created.

© Copyright 2003 Acterna, LLC. All rights reserved. Acterna, The
Keepers of Communications, and its logo are trademarks of Acterna,
LLC. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property
of their respective owners. No part of this guide may be reproduced or
transmitted electronically or otherwise without written permission of
the publisher.

Trademarks

Acrobat Reader is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
Acterna and FST-2802 are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Acterna in the United States and/or other countries.
HyperTerminal is a registered trademark of Hilgraeve Inc. in the United
States and/or other countries.
Microsoft, Microsoft Internet Explorer, On-screen Keyboard, Windows,
Windows CE, Windows NT, and Windows XP are either trademarks or
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
Specifications, terms, and conditions are subject to change without
notice. All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of
their respective companies.

Ordering information

This guide is a product of Acterna's Technical Information Development Department, issued as part of the Acterna FST-2802 Gigabit
Ethernet Services Module. The ordering number for a published guide
is ML-2802-1103.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Federal
Communications
Commission (FCC)
Notice

This product was tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class
A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.
This product generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction
manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this product in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference, in which case you will be required to correct the interference at your own expense.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference
received including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The authority to operate this product is conditioned by the requirements that no modifications be made to the equipment unless the
changes or modifications are expressly approved by Acterna.

Industry Canada
Requirements

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB003 du Canada.

EMC Directive
Compliance

This product was tested and conforms to the EMC Directive, 89/336/
EEC as amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC for electromagnetic
compatibility. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity is provided with
this manual.
If you purchase the 2802-FE to perform 10/100 Ethernet testing, you
must use the shielded twisted pair cable (STP) provided to maintain
CE compliance.
Warning: This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this
product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be
required to take adequate measures.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Low Voltage Directive
Compliance

This product was tested and conforms to the Low Voltage Directive,
73/23/EEC as amended by 93/68/EEC. Conformity with this directive
is based upon compliance with the harmonized safety standard,
EN60950. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity is provided with this
manual.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

vii

Declaration of
conformity

viii

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Important Safety Instructions
The following table defines safety terms. Failure to observe these
precautions while using the FST-2802, violates the intended use of this
product.
Safety definitions
Term

Description

DANGER

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It
may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

When using this product, always follow basic safety precautions to
reduce the risk of fire, shock, and injury to persons. Basic safety
precautions are as follows:
1 Read and follow all warning notices and instructions marked on
the product and included in the manual.
2 Use only the AC Adapter/Charger supplied with the product.
3 Do not use AC Adapter/Charger outdoors or in wet or damp locations.
4 Connect the AC Adapter/Charger to the correct mains voltage, as
indicated on the ratings label.
5 Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord, and do not locate
the product where people can walk on the power cord.
6 Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There may be
a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
7 Do not use this product in the vicinity of a gas leak or in any explosive environment.
8 Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or
removing covers may expose you to dangerous, high voltage
points and other hazards. Contact qualified service personnel for
all service.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

9 CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with (part number 11-18066). Dispose of used
batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
10 CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein may result in
hazardous radiation exposure.
11 CAUTION: The FST-2802 is a Class 1 laser product.

Save these instructions

Symbols

The following safety symbol is used on the FST-2802. All safety
precautions must be observed when operating, servicing, or repairing
the FST-2802. Failure to comply with the following safety precautions
or with hazard cautions and warnings used throughout this manual
violates the intended use of this instrument.
GENERAL HAZARD
This icon represents a general warning or caution.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

About This Guide

xxi
Purpose and scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Related information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Technical assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv

Chapter 1

FST-2802 TestPad Overview
1
About the FST-2802 TestPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
What’s new. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Features and capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ethernet features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fibre Channel features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FST-2000 TestPad features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FST-2802 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FST-2000 TestPad options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
GBIC accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Connectivity accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Print accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Additional accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Exploring the FST-2802 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Top panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
USB/Serial port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PCMCIA card slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Bottom panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
LED display panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Powering the TestPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Navigating the user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Application buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
RFC 2544 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Port Swap button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SETUP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Configuration summary bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Result buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Result display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Action buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
System buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tools button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Status button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Extended Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Chapter 2

Basic Operations
27
Connecting and swapping application modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Maintaining the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Viewing the battery charge status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Connecting a USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Setting up the FST-2802 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Specifying a Remote GUI password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Specifying date and time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Setting up the screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Setting the screen brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Specifying speaker settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Loading options and software upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Loading options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Loading an FST-2802 software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Defining the Custom result category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Restoring factory defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

xii

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Chapter 3

Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms . . . .
Printing to text files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encrypting print files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending an encrypted print file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading an encrypted print file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print event triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting a printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring a serial printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a heading for print output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generating print output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up a histogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing stored print files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a stored print file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the on-screen keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending e-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Launching Adobe Acrobat Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Launching the VNC Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Launching the Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emulating a VT100 terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Remote GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Determining the TestPad’s IP address or computer name . . . .
Running the Remote GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filtering files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing, running, deleting, or renaming a file. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying and pasting files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting to an FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting to the TestPad’s FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47
47
48
48
48
49
49
49
49
50
52
53
57
60
61
61
62
66
67
68
69
69
70
70
71
71
74
75
75
76
77

Serial and Network Connections

79
80
80
81
83
85
87
90

About serial and network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for serial and network connections . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing serial connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing modem dial-out connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing modem dial-in connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing LAN connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing IP socket connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

xiii

Contents

Chapter 4

Basic Testing
93
Running a test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Step 1: Configuring a test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Step 2: Connecting the TestPad for testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Connecting to a splitter to monitor 1G/2G traffic. . . . . . . . . 97
Connecting to monitor 1G/2G traffic in single port
THRU mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Connecting to monitor 1G/2G traffic in dual port
THRU mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Connecting to monitor 10/100 traffic in Thru mode. . . . . . 101
Connecting for Ethernet Loopback testing . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Connecting for Fibre Channel loopback testing . . . . . . . . 103
Connecting for a dual port loopback connection. . . . . . . . 103
Connecting for end-to-end testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Step 3: Starting a test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Step 4: Viewing test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Managing test configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Storing test configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Loading test configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Running test scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Running a test script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Viewing, renaming, and deleting script and results print files . 110

Chapter 5

Ethernet Testing
111
About Ethernet testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Ethernet link initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Auto-negotiation and flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Ethernet traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Ethernet frame formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
DIX frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
802.3 frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
VLAN tagged frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Ethernet switching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Traffic loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Constant traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Bursty traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ramped traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Traffic profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Transmit profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Receive profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

xiv

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Chapter 6

Out-of-service testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying link initialization parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting 1G connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining receive profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining transmit profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End-to-end testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BER testing on unswitched (layer 1) networks . . . . . . . . . . . .
BER testing on switched (layer 2) networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring service disruption time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitting patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loopback testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Line Loopback feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Automatic Loopback feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inserting an FCS error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring round trip delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ping testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running the RFC 2544 script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running the script from the TestPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running the script from a Remote GUI session . . . . . . . .
Assigning a source address to a TestPad port . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-service testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring 1G traffic using a splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring 1G Ethernet traffic in single port THRU mode . . .
Monitoring 1G Ethernet traffic in dual port THRU mode . . . . .
Monitoring IP addresses on 1G Ethernet traffic . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring 10/100 traffic in dual port THRU mode . . . . . . . . .

121
121
123
127
128
133
136
139
143
146
147
149
151
151
153
156
158
159
165
165
169
172
174
174
174
175
176
177

Fibre Channel Testing

181
182
182
182
182
184
184
184
185
185
185
187
188

About Fibre Channel testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre Channel traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre Channel frame format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receive profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Out-of-service testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Defining receive profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Defining transmit profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
End-to-end testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
BER testing on unswitched (layer 1) networks . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
BER testing on switched (layer 2) networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Measuring service disruption time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Transmitting patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Loopback testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Using the Line Loopback feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Using the Automatic Loopback feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Inserting a CRC error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Measuring round trip delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
In-service testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Monitoring traffic using a splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Monitoring Fibre Channel traffic in single port THRU mode . . 215
Monitoring Fibre Channel traffic in dual port THRU mode . . . 216

Chapter 7

Test Results
219
About test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Summary results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
LED results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
About status and alarm LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Alarm LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
LED results category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Signal results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Time results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
AutoNeg Status results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Link Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Link Counts results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Filter Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Filter Counts results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Error Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Pattern Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Ping Stats results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
L1 Bert Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
L2 Bert Stats results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Custom results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

xvi

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Chapter 8

Appendix A

Appendix B

Troubleshooting

241
242
242
242
242
242

Specifications

245
246
246
247
247
248

About the remote control function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Characteristics of remote control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
config:all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
config:value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
config:id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
config:test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Result commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remote Control Commands

249
250
250
251
251
251
251
251
266
266
266
266
266
266
266
266
267
267
267
267
269
269
269
269

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

xvii

About troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolving problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing and setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating the TestPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Physical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GBIC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Revision A

Contents

result:all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
result:id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
result:summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
LED result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Signal result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Link Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Link Counts result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Filter Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Filter Counts result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Error Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
AutoNeg Status result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Pattern Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Ping Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
L1 Bert Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
L2 Bert Stats result field IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Event commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Event commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Miscellaneous commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
hello. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

xviii

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Contents

Appendix C

Customer Services

About our services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical assistance (business hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment return instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global services and solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System deployment and field engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructor-led training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternative learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated service programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

289
290
290
290
291
291
292
295
295
296
296
297
297
298
299

Glossary

301

Index

307

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

xix

Contents

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

About This Guide

The topics discussed in this chapter are as follows:
– “Purpose and scope” on page xxii
– “Assumptions” on page xxii
– “Related information” on page xxii
– “Technical assistance” on page xxiii
– “Conventions” on page xxiv

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

xxi

About This Guide
Purpose and scope

Purpose and scope
The purpose of this guide is to help you successfully use the FST-2802
TestPad features and capabilities. This guide includes task-based
instructions that describe how to install, configure, use, and troubleshoot the FST-2802 TestPad. Additionally, this guide provides a
complete description of Acterna’s warranty, services, and repair information, including terms and conditions of the licensing agreement.

Assumptions
This guide is intended for novice, intermediate, and experienced users
who want to use the FST-2802 TestPad effectively and efficiently. We
are assuming that you have basic computer, mouse/track ball, and
networking experience and are familiar with basic telecommunication
concepts and terminology.

Related information
Use this guide in conjunction with the FST-2802 Online Help.

xxii

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

About This Guide
Technical assistance

Technical assistance
If you need assistance or have questions related to the use of this
product, call or e-mail Acterna’s Technical Assistance Center for
customer support.

Table 1

Technical assistance centers

Region

Phone Number

Americas (except Brazil)

1-866-ACTERNA
301-353-1550

Brazil

0800-7015370
4617 3839
4617 3729

Europe, Africa, and MidEast

+800 882 85822
(European Freephone)

support.uk@acterna.com

(Acterna UK)

support.uk@acterna.com

+49 (0) 7121 86 1345
(Acterna Germany)

hotline.germany@acterna.com

+33 (0) 1 39 30 24 24
(Acterna France)

hotline.germany@acterna.com

Asia and the Pacific

(1-866-228-3762)
tac@acterna.com

+852 2892 0990
(Hong Kong)
+8610 6833 7477
(Beijing-China)

Australia

+61 3 9690 6700

During off-hours, you can request assistance by doing one of the
following: leave a voice mail message at the Technical Assistance
number in your region; e-mail North American Technical Assistance
Center, tac@acterna.com, or European Technical Assistance Center,
support.uk@acterna.com; or submit your question using our online
Technical Assistance Request form at www.acterna.com.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

xxiii

About This Guide
Conventions

Conventions
This guide uses naming conventions and symbols, as described in the
following tables.

Table 2

Description

Example

User interface actions appear in
this typeface.

On the Status bar, click Start.

Buttons or switches that you press
on a unit appear in this Typeface.

Press the On switch.

Code and output messages
appear in this typeface.

All results OK

Text you must type exactly as
shown appears in this typeface.

Type: a:\set.exe in the dialog
box.

Variables appear in this typeface.

Type the new hostname.

Book references appear in this
typeface.

Refer to Newton’s Telecom Dictionary

A vertical bar | means “or”: only
one option can appear in a single
command.

platform [a|b|e]

Square brackets [ ] indicate an
optional argument.

Slanted brackets < > group
required arguments.

Table 3

xxiv

Typographical conventions

Keyboard and menu conventions

Description

Example

A plus sign + indicates simultaneous keystrokes.

Press Ctrl+s

A comma indicates consecutive
key strokes.

Press Alt+f,s

A slanted bracket indicates choosing a submenu from menu.

On the menu bar, click
Start > Program Files.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

About This Guide
Conventions

Table 4

Symbol conventions

This symbol represents a general hazard.

This symbol represents a risk of electrical shock.

NOTE:
This symbol represents a Note indicating related information or tip.

Table 5

Safety definitions

WARNING:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate injury.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

xxv

About This Guide
Conventions

xxvi

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1

FST-2802 TestPad Overview

1
This chapter provides a general description of the FST-2802 TestPad.
Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows:
– “About the FST-2802 TestPad” on page 2
– “What’s new” on page 2
– “Features and capabilities” on page 3
– “Configurations and options” on page 6
– “Accessories” on page 8
– “Exploring the FST-2802” on page 15
– “Powering the TestPad” on page 20
– “Navigating the user interface” on page 21

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
About the FST-2802 TestPad

About the FST-2802 TestPad
The FST-2802 TestPad Gigabit Ethernet Services Module is the ideal
telecommunications solution for testing and verifying Ethernet and
Fibre Channel network elements and services. The FST-2802 is optimized for field use because it is portable and easy-to-use. As a
member of the Acterna TestPad 2000 family of products, the FST-2802
has an easy-to-use touch screen user interface that simplifies test
setup and reduces test configuration time. The “smart tester” icondriven interface is easy to learn, and the large display provides ample
space for viewing test results.
The following items ship with the FST-2802:
– FST-2802 application module—The application module connects
to the UIM, allowing you to test 1G Ethernet links. Options are
available which enable you to test 10BaseT/100BaseT Ethernet,
1G Fibre Channel, and 2G Fibre Channel links. You can also
purchase the optional dual port configuration to generate and
analyze Ethernet or Fibre Channel traffic from two ports simultaneously.
– Y cable—The Y cable connects to the USB/Serial port, enabling
you to connect USB and serial devices to the FST-2802.
– User documentation—The FST-2802 ships with a User’s Guide
and a comprehensive help system.
Before testing, the FST-2802 must be connected to a FST-2000 user
interface module (UIM), which can be ordered separately (part number
2000-V6). The UIM ships with a VGA display, a battery, and an AC
adapter, which you use to supply power to the TestPad.

What’s new
The FST-2802 is a significant enhancement over previous TestPads.
The primary changes are as follows:
– BER testing—You can now use the FST-2802 to verify circuit
performance by sending BER patterns over switched (layer 2) and
unswitched (layer 1) networks.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Features and capabilities

– 1G and 2G Fibre Channel testing—1G and 2G Fibre Channel
options are now available for the FST-2802 which enable you to
test and verify Fibre Channel network elements and services by
testing connectivity, measuring service disruption time and round
trip delay, and transmitting patterns to stress the jitter and noise
characteristics of Fibre Channel network elements and systems.
– Dual port configuration—An optional dual port configuration is now
available which allows you to generate and analyze Ethernet or
Fibre Channel traffic from two ports simultaneously.
– THRU mode for 10/100 Ethernet testing—If you purchase the
optional dual port configuration and the 10/100 option, you can
now monitor 10/100 traffic in THRU mode.
– Optional single-mode and multi-mode GigE and Fibre Channel
GBICs—You can now test Fibre Channel (and GigE Ethernet) on
an optical link using a single-mode or multi-mode GigE and Fibre
Channel GBIC.
– Optional copper GigE GBIC—You can now test 1G Ethernet on a
copper link using a copper GBIC.
– Optional single-mode long-haul GBIC—You can now test 1G
Ethernet over very long distances using a long-haul GBIC.

Features and capabilities
The FST-2802 provides you with the tools you need to provision
Ethernet or Fibre Channel service, verify end-to-end connectivity, and
analyze link performance by simulating different traffic conditions.
Features and capabilities of the FST-2802 include the following:
– Traffic generation—Using the FST-2802, you can generate frames
and configure traffic parameters such as bandwidth utilization,
frame length, and frame rate. You can simulate different network
traffic conditions and analyze the performance of a link by configuring traffic loads for constant, bursty, and ramped traffic.
– Filtered traffic—Using the FST-2802, you can filter received traffic
by defining a profile which specifies the frame characteristics of
the traffic you want to monitor.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Features and capabilities

– Link status—Using the easy-to-interpret LEDs on the FST-2802,
you can obtain a quick summary of the state of the link you are
analyzing. The LEDs indicate the status of the link or a specific
traffic stream, allowing you to quickly verify circuit integrity or identify the source of a problem.
– Verify end-to-end connectivity—Using the FST-2802, you can
ensure physical layer integrity and verify end-to-end connectivity
of a circuit.
– Link utilization and throughput verification—Using the FST-2802,
you can generate traffic at a specific bandwidth to verify the error
free throughput of a link. The FST-2802 allows you to loopback
frames at the far end to qualify the link in both directions.
– Identify problems with faulty interfaces—Using the FST-2802, you
can perform basic troubleshooting of links and verify the capability
of network elements to support reliable communications by transmitting standard frames over a circuit.
– Round trip delay measurement—Using the FST-2802, you can
verify that a link complies with round trip delay requirements as
specified in a customer’s service level agreement. You can also
ensure frame loss and frame error statistics fall within the range
specified as acceptable.
– Service disruption time measurement—Using the FST-2802, you
can measure the amount of time it takes to switch service to a
protect line.
– Pattern transmission—Using the FST-2802, you can stress the
jitter and noise characteristics of Gigabit Ethernet and Fibre
Channel components and systems on physical layer networks by
transmitting continuous random test patterns (CRPAT), continuous
jitter test patterns (CJPAT), and the compliant supply noise pattern
(CSPAT).

Ethernet features

In addition to the standard features, the following features are available when performing Ethernet tests using the FST-2802:
– Auto-negotiation—You can configure auto-negotiation before
establishing the link, which ensures compatibility between the
FST-2802 and any installed Ethernet interface.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Features and capabilities

– Frame verification—You can verify that the size and format of
Ethernet frames conforms to IEEE 802.3 or DIX (Digital/Intel/
Xerox) requirements, ensuring the capability of network elements
to support reliable communications.
– Jumbo frames—You can optionally transmit jumbo frames which
exceed the IEEE 802.3 maximum length of 1518 bytes.
– Loopback frame generation—You can generate loopback frames
to loop up a second FST-2802 at the far end. This feature allows
you to leave one FST-2802 at a central location to measure bidirectional throughput.
– IP Ping testing—You can send ping requests and respond to ping
messages from another Ethernet device to verify connectivity.
– RFC 2544 script—You can run a script which automates the test
procedures recommended in RFC 2544. The script prompts you to
select key parameters for each of the tests, runs the tests, and
then automatically generates a text file of results for the tests.
– User-assigned source MAC address—You can optionally change
the default MAC address assigned to each port of the FST-2802
when you configure tests.

Fibre Channel
features

In addition to the standard features, the following features are available when performing Fibre Channel tests using the FST-2802:
– Frame verification—You can verify that the size and format of
Fibre Channel frames conforms to ANSI X3T11 requirements,
ensuring the capability of network elements to support reliable
communications.
– Loopback testing—You can generate loopback frames to loop up
a second FST-2802 at the far end. This feature allows you to leave
one FST-2802 at a central location to measure bi-directional
throughput.

FST-2000 TestPad
features

The FST-2802 uses the Acterna FST-2000 TestPad Version 6 User
Interface Module (UIM), which runs under the Windows XP operating
system. The FST-2000 provides a variety of connectivity tools which
make installation and troubleshooting more efficient. Options and
accessories are also available which allow you to establish network

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Configurations and options

connections to the TestPad, use the TestPad to access a local Web
browser, or emulate a VT-100 terminal. Standard features of the FST2000 include:
– Print capability—You can print test configurations and test results
using the FST-2802. You can generate a print file at timed intervals or whenever a test ends. You can also manually print test
configurations, test results, and histograms at any time, and you
can encrypt print file data to ensure the integrity of the data transmitted to your supervisor or Technical Support department.
– Email test configurations and test results—If you purchase the
Networking option, you can email test configurations and test
results to your supervisor directly from the FST-2802.
– View Portable Document Format (PDF) files—You can launch and
view PDFs on the FST-2802.
– Command line remote control—You can configure the FST-2802
and perform tests from a remote PC or laptop by issuing remote
control commands.
– Remote GUI—If you purchase the Networking option, you can use
the Remote GUI to run the TestPad GUI from any remote device
with a Web browser, such as a PC or laptop. When viewing the
GUI from a remote device, you can configure and perform tests,
view test results, and do anything you could do using the FST2802 itself.
– VNC Viewer—You can launch the Virtual Network Computing
(VNC) viewer to run remote applications from the FST-2802.
– FTP—If you purchase the Networking option, you can use FTP to
transfer files to and from the FST-2802.
– FST-2802 Help—You can display FST-2802 Help which includes
detailed instructions for configuring and performing tests, comprehensive result descriptions, and a glossary of terms.

Configurations and options
When you order a FST-2802, you order a single or dual port configuration which allows you to test 1G Ethernet. You can also expand your
testing capabilities by purchasing optional interfaces for the FST-2802,
including a 10/100 BaseT Ethernet interface, a 1G Fibre Channel interface, and a 2G Fibre Channel interface. Options are also available for
6

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Configurations and options

the FST-2000 which allow you to launch a Web browser, emulate a VT100 terminal, run the GUI from a remote device, or automate tests
using test scripts.
Table 1 lists the FST-2802 configurations.

Table 1

FST-2802 options

FST-2802 configurations

Configuration

Part Number

Allows you to test:

Single port

2802-GIGE

1G Ethernet using one GBIC port.

Dual port

2802-DUAL

1G Ethernet using two GBIC ports.

The FST-2802 offers the following application module options:
– 10/100 interface (part number 2802-FE)—Using this option, you
can test 10BaseT and 100BaseTX links. If you purchase the
optional dual-port configuration, you can transmit and analyze 10/
100 and/or 1G Ethernet traffic from both ports simultaneously.
– 1G Fibre Channel interface (part number 2802-1G-FC)—Using
this option, you can test 1G Fibre Channel network elements and
services. If you purchase the optional dual-port configuration and
2G Fibre Channel interface, you can transmit and analyze 1G and/
or 2G Fibre Channel traffic from both ports simultaneously.
– 2G Fibre Channel interface (part number 2802-2G-FC)—Using
this option, you can test 2G Fibre Channel network elements and
services. If you purchase the optional dual-port configuration and
1G Fibre Channel interface, you can transmit and analyze 1G and/
or 2G Fibre Channel traffic from both ports simultaneously.
– VLAN Tagging (part number 2802-VLAN)—Using this option, the
FST-2802 can transmit VLAN (virtual LAN) tagged frames,
enabling you to verify that an Ethernet link supports VLAN tagging.
The FST-2802 can also analyze received traffic to verify that the
required bandwidth is allocated to tagged frames on a link and
determine that VLAN prioritization is functioning properly.
– Layer 2 IP Address Filter (part number 2802-IP FILTER)—Using
this option, you can monitor Ethernet traffic for IP addresses, and
view filtered layer 2 link statistics for a selected IP address.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

FST-2000 TestPad
options

The features provided by FST-2000 TestPad options are available for
any application module you attach to the TestPad.
The FST-2000 TestPad offers the following options:
– Web browser (part number 2000-WEB)—Using this option, you
can launch a Web browser on the FST-2802 to access information
on the Internet or your company’s intranet.
– VT100 emulation (part number 2000-VT100)—Using this option,
the FST-2802 can emulate a VT100 terminal. This option includes
a DB-9 Female to DB-9 Male cable, enabling you to establish a
serial connection for VT100 emulation.
– Scripting (part number 2000-SCR)—Using this option, you can
write your own test scripts using the Tcl/Tk scripting language to
automate and standardize your testing processes.
– Networking (part number 2000-NET)—Using this option, you can
establish network connections to the FST-2802 for a variety of
applications.

Accessories
You can also purchase accessories for the FST-2802 such as GBICS
for testing GigE Ethernet and Fibre Channel links, card and cables for
establishing remote connections, and printers. To order accessories
for the FST-2802, contact Acterna Customer Care.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

GBIC accessories

Table 2

Table 2 lists the GBICs available for testing GigE Ethernet and Fibre
Channel links. Please consult your GBIC manufacturer’s data sheet
for detailed specifications.

GBIC accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Multi-mode GigE GBIC

AC-GBIC-SX

Test 1G Ethernet on optical links over
distances up to:
– 275 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
NOTE: This GBIC is not recommended for use with 10µm singlemode fiber.

Single-mode GigE GBIC

AC-GBIC-LX

Test 1G Ethernet on optical links over
distances up to:
– 275 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
– 10,000 meters with 10µm singlemode fiber
NOTE: This GBIC is not recommended for use with multi-mode
fiber.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

Table 2

GBIC accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Multi-mode GigE and Fibre
Channel GBIC

AC-GBIC-ALLRATE-SX

Test 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel,
and 2G Fibre Channel on optical
links over distances up to:
1G Ethernet
– 275 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
1G Fibre Channel
– 300 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
2G Fibre Channel
– 150 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 300 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
NOTE: This GBIC is not recommended for use with 10µm singlemode fiber.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

Table 2

GBIC accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Single-mode GigE and Fibre
Channel GBIC

AC-GBIC-ALLRATE-LX

Test 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel,
and 2G Fibre Channel over distances
up to:
1G Ethernet
– 275 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
1G Fibre Channel
– 300 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 550 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
2G Fibre Channel
– 225 meters with 62.5µm multimode fiber
– 225 meters with 50µm multimode fiber
– 10,000 meters with 10µm singlemode fiber

Copper GigE GBIC

AC-GBIC-COPPER

Test 1G Ethernet on copper links
over distances up to 100 meters.
NOTE: This copper GBIC (AC-GBICCOPPER) does not support autonegotiation; therefore, the FST2802’s link partner must also use a
copper GBIC that does not support
auto-negotiation.

Single-mode Long-haul GigE
GBIC

AC-GBIC-LONGHAUL

Test 1G Ethernet over distances up
to 80 kilometers on optical links.
NOTE: This GBIC is not recommended for use with multi-mode
fiber.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

NOTE:
The optional SX, LX, and copper GBICs offered by Acterna as
accessories comply with the Revision 5.5 GBIC specification. The
long-haul GBIC complies with the Revision 5.4 GBIC specification.
Please refer to your GBIC manufacturer’s site for detailed specifications.

Connectivity
accessories

Table 3 lists the accessories available for establishing remote connections.

Table 3

Connectivity accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

DB-9 Female to
DB-9 Female null
modem cable

CB-014491

Connect a laptop to the
serial connector of the Y
cable. Typically used for
remote control command
operation.

Serial PCMCIA
card

2000-SERIAL

Provide a second serial
connection to the TestPad.
This allows you to connect
two serial devices to the
TestPad—one to the serial
connector of the Y cable,
and one to the connector
provided on the serial
PCMCIA card.

Analog dial-up
modem PCMCIA
card

2000-ANLGMODEM

Establish an analog dial-up
connection to the TestPad.
Ships with an RJ-11 phone
cable.

RJ-11 phone cable
(replacement)

CB-834011

Connect an Analog Dial-Up
Modem PCMCIA card to a
phone jack.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

Table 3

Connectivity accessories (Continued)

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Ethernet 10/100
Base-T LAN PCMCIA card

2000-LAN

Establish an Ethernet connection from the TestPad to
a laptop or LAN.
– Ships with an Ethernet
LAN cable for LAN connections (replacement
cables can be ordered
if necessary).
– Laptop connections
require an Ethernet
cross-over cable (part
number CB-834251).

Ethernet Type III
LAN PCMCIA card

2000-LAN-TYPE3

Establish an Ethernet connection from the TestPad to
a laptop or LAN.
– Ships with a 6 ft. Ethernet LAN extension
cable for LAN connections (replacement
cables can be ordered
if necessary).
– Laptop connections
require an Ethernet
cross-over cable (Part
number: CB-834251).

Ethernet LAN cable
(replacement)

CB-016267

Connect an Ethernet PCMCIA card in the TestPad to
an Ethernet jack.

802.11b Wireless
LAN PCMCIA card

2000-WLAN

Establish an 802.11 wireless connection to the TestPad.

Bluetooth Wireless
PCMCIA card

2000-BT-MODEM

Establish a Bluetooth wireless connection to the TestPad.

USB Direct Connect cable

CB-18944

Establish a direct USB connection from the TestPad to
a laptop via the USB connector on the Y cable.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Accessories

Table 3

Print accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Ethernet cross-over
cable (6 ft.)

CB-834251

Connect a PCMCIA Ethernet card in the TestPad to a
laptop.

Y cable (replacement)

CB-45570

Connect to the USB/Serial
port, enabling you to connect serial and USB
devices to the TestPad.

Table 4 lists the available print accessories.

Table 4

Connectivity accessories (Continued)

Print accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

Serial Printer

PR-40B

Print test configurations,
test results, and histograms
from the TestPad.
– Requires DB-9 Female
to DB-9 Male cable
(part number: CB018179) to connect to
the TestPad.

DB-9 Female to DB-9
Male cable

CB-018179

Connect a PR-40B printer
to the serial connector of
the Y cable.

DB-9 Female to DB25 Male Cable

CB-45766

Connect a PR-40A printer
to the serial connector of
the Y cable.
NOTE: The PR-40A printer
is no longer available for
purchase.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Exploring the FST-2802

Table 4

Additional
accessories

Print accessories (Continued)

Accessory

Part Number

Used to…

USB Printer

2000-USBPRINTER

Print test configurations,
test results, and histograms
from the TestPad. The USB
Printer connects to the
USB connector on the Y
cable via a cable (supplied
with the printer).

Table 5 lists additional accessories available for the FST-2802.

Table 5

Additional accessories

Accessory

Part Number

Connects to…

USB Portable
Keyboard

2000-USB-KEYBRD

The USB connector of the
Y cable.

USB Mouse

2000-USB-MOUSE

The USB connector of the
Y cable.

USB Hub

2000-USB-HUB

The USB connector of the
Y cable. Connecting a USB
hub enables you to connect
multiple USB devices to the
TestPad simultaneously.

2.5mm Headset

2000-HEADSET

The Headset jack on the
bottom panel of the TestPad.

ATA PCMCIA
Storage Card

2000-STORAGE

The top or bottom PCMCIA
card slot on the TestPad.

Exploring the FST-2802
The following sections introduce you to the top, bottom, front, and LED
display panels of the FST-2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Exploring the FST-2802

Top panel

The top panel provides the USB/Serial port, dual PCMCIA card slot,
RJ-45 connector(s) for 10/100 Ethernet testing, and GBIC port(s) for
1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, and 2G Fibre Channel testing.
Figure 1 illustrates the single port configuration with one RJ-45
connector and one GBIC port (outlined in grey).
GBIC port

USB/Serial port

RJ-45 connector

!
TX
RX
1 Gbps / 2Gbps

USB/Serial

10/100 Mbps

PORT 1

PCMCIA card slots

Figure 1

FST-2802 top panel (single port configuration)

If you purchase the dual port configuration (see Figure 2), a second
RJ-45 connector and GBIC port is available. The Port 1 GBIC port and
RJ-45 connector are outlined on the unit in grey; the Port 2 GBIC port
and RJ-45 connector are outlined on the unit in blue.
NOTE:
You can easily determine which port is currently selected by looking
at the buttons on the main screen. When Port 1 is selected, the
buttons on the main screen are grey. When Port 2 is selected, the
buttons are blue.
GBIC port

USB/Serial port

GBIC port
RJ-45 connectors

!
TX
RX
1 Gbps / 2Gbps

USB/Serial

PORT 1

10/100 Mbps

TX
RX
1 Gbps / 2Gbps
PORT 2

PCMCIA card slots

Figure 2
16

FST-2802 top panel (dual port configuration)

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Exploring the FST-2802

USB/Serial port

The USB/Serial port provides a 10-pin connector for the Y cable. By
attaching the Y cable shipped with the FST-2802 (see Figure 3), you
can connect serial devices such as a printer, laptop, or PC, and USB
devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, printer, or hub to the TestPad.
The serial connector of the Y cable is configured as a Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) connector; the USB port is configured as a USB
host.
Serial connector

USB/Serial port connector

USB connector

Figure 3

Y cable

To connect serial and USB devices to the TestPad, first connect the Y
cable to the TestPad. If you are connecting USB devices such as a
mouse, keyboard, hub, or printer, you connect the device directly to
the USB connector of the Y cable. If you are connecting a serial
device, you connect an intermediate cable to the Y cable, and then
connect the other end of the cable to the device.
For descriptions of each of the intermediate cables, see Table 3 on
page 12 and Table 4 on page 14.
PCMCIA card slots

Two PCMCIA card slots are provided on the TestPad. PCMCIA cards
are available for the TestPad which allow you to establish modem,
wireless, Ethernet, or serial connections to the TestPad and store test
configurations, test results, and print files.
Ethernet LAN, Ethernet cross-over, and some serial cables are also
attached to associated PCMCIA cards which are inserted in the TestPad.
For descriptions of each of the connectivity cards offered as an accessory by Acterna, see Table 3 on page 12.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Exploring the FST-2802

Bottom panel

Battery access panel

The bottom panel provides the battery access panel, headset jack, DC
IN jack (used with the AC adapter to power the TestPad), and the
power switch. See Figure 4.
DC IN jack

HEADSET DC IN

Headset jack

Power switch

Figure 4

FST-2802 bottom panel

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Exploring the FST-2802

Front panel

The front panel provides a touch-sensitive LCD screen that displays
the user interface. The user interface allows you to set up the TestPad,
configure tests, and display test results (see “Navigating the user interface” on page 21). The power LEDs, status LEDs, speaker, and microphone are also located on the front panel. See Figure 5.

Power LEDs

Microphone

POWER

CHARGE

User interface

LED Panel

LOW BATTERY

Speaker
Port 1

Port 2
10/100 Mbps
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY
1 Gbps/2 Gbps
SIGNAL
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY
History

Figure 5

FST-2802 front panel

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Powering the TestPad

LED display panel

The LED display panel provides current and historical Status and
Alarm LEDs for each port. The inside column of LEDs indicates the
current condition or state of the link; the outside column of LEDs indicates the historical condition of the link. See Figure 6.

Port 1

10/100 Mbps
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY

Port 2

1 Gbps/2 Gbps
SIGNAL
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY

History

Figure 6

LED display panel

For a detailed description of each LED, see Chapter 7 “Test Results”.

Powering the TestPad
Power is supplied to the FST-2802 by the battery or the AC power
adapter. To supply power using the adapter, plug the adapter into the
DC IN jack located on the bottom panel of the FST-2802. For power
specifications see “Electrical specifications” on page 247.
WARNING:
RISK OF DAMAGE TO UNIT. Do not use the adapter supplied with
the Acterna FST-2000 User Interface Module (UIM) with older UIMs
labeled TTC 2000 or TestPad 2000. Do not use the adapter supplied with older UIMs with the Acterna FST-2000 UIM.
To power the TestPad
– Turn the power switch to the ON position.
The Power LED, located on the front panel, illuminates green when the
TestPad is powered.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

Navigating the user interface
The user interface lets you set up the TestPad, configure tests, and
display test results. The touch-sensitive screen is divided into separate
areas for TestPad set up, test configuration, and test results.
Application buttons

RFC 2544

PORT Swap

SETUP

Configuration
summary bar
Result buttons

Extended
keypad

Result display

Action buttons
Message
display
System buttons

Figure 7

FST-2802 dual port user interface

NOTE:
We recommend using the stylus supplied with the TestPad to activate functions on the touch-sensitive screen.

Application
buttons

The application buttons, located on the upper-left corner of the interface, provide quick access to each test for the currently selected port.
The buttons are organized by operating mode (MON, TERM, and for
dual port units, THRU), rate and protocol (for example, 1G Ethernet),
and then test.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

RFC 2544 button

The RFC 2544 button runs a script which automates the Ethernet test
procedures recommended in RFC 2544. The script prompts you for
key parameters, runs the tests, and then automatically generates a
text file of results for the tests.

Port Swap button

If you have a dual port FST-2802, the Port Swap button toggles
between Port 1 (grey) and Port 2 (blue), and allows you to select a port
before choosing a test application, configuring a test, or performing an
action (such as turning the laser on).
The default port is Port 1. When Port 1 is selected, the buttons on the
main screen are grey, and “Port 1 Selected” appears on the button.
When Port 2 is selected, the buttons are blue, and “Port 2 Selected”
appears on the button. The THRU button for dual port units is always
blue and grey, since thru mode applies to both ports.
The Port Swap button does not appear on the single port user interface.

SETUP button

The SETUP button provides access to the tabs used to configure your
tests. After you select the port and application for a test, you select the
Setup button to configure the test. For details on configuring a test, see
“Step 1: Configuring a test” on page 94.

Configuration
summary bar

The configuration summary bar displays the application selected for
each port. For example, if you select and configure a 1G Ethernet
traffic generation test on Port 1, and a 1G Ethernet pattern test application on Port 2, the following information appears in the configuration
summary bar:
PORT 1:Term 1G Ethernet Traffic
Ethernet Pattern Test

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Port 2:Term 1G

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

Result buttons

In each result pane there is a Result Group and Result Category
button. The Result Group button allows you to set the port for the
results; the Result Category button allows you to set the results category. By selecting a different port or category for each pane, you can
view two sets of results at the same time.

Result display

The test results for the TestPad appear in the result display.

Action buttons

The action buttons are located above the message display. The action
buttons perform additional functions specific to the application you
specified for the currently selected port. A different set of action
buttons appears each time you select a mode of operation. For
example, if you configure a port for a 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel,
or 2G Fibre Channel test, the Laser On/Off action button appears,
enabling you to turn the laser on and off. The buttons may or may not
be active depending on the application you select.

Message display

The message display shows the operating mode, protocol, rate,
status, and current events for each active port. For example, the
message display might display a confirmation message informing you
that a TestPad on the far end of a circuit is in loopback mode.
– To view historical messages, select the up arrow in the message
display. The Message History Pane appears, listing up to ten
historical messages.
– To close the pane and return to the main screen, select the down
arrow.

System buttons

Two system buttons are located to the right of the message display.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

Tools button

Selecting the Tools button displays the Tools menu which lists the
commands in Table 6.

Table 6

Tools menu commands

Command…

Used to…

Programs

Access a variety of applications, such as the
On-screen Keyboard, PDF Viewer, and VNC
Viewer. If you purchase the Web browser or
VT-100 emulation options, the associated
applications are also listed as menu commands.

TestPad Settings

Specify screen saver, brightness, speaker, and
date and time settings.

Connectivity

Specify parameters for printer, network, Serial
Remote Command Line, and Remote GUI connections.

File Management

Access the File Management dialog box to
manage files and transfer files to and from the
TestPad using FTP.

FST-2802 Settings

Access the FST-2802 revision information and
load upgrades and options. You can also reset
the FST-2802 by clearing NOVRAM and
returning the unit to factory default settings.

Print Management

Set up and schedule print events, create headings for print output, and print test configurations, test results, and histograms.

Store/Recall Setups

Access the Saved Setups dialog box. Using the
options on the screen, you can store test configurations. After you store a configuration, you
can recall and load the configuration to automatically configure a test.

AutoMATE

If you purchase the scripting option, access the
automated test scripts you develop using Tcl/
Tk.

Help

Launch FST-2802 Help.

Restart Port 1

Restart the test on Port 1.

Restart Port 2

Restart the test on Port 2.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

Table 6

Tools menu commands (Continued)

Command…

Used to…

Restart Both Ports

Restart tests on Port 1 and Port 2.
NOTE: You can also restart tests on both ports
using the Test Restart button on the Extended
Keypad.

Power Status button

The Power Status button displays current battery strength by bar
graph and percentage and indicates whether the TestPad is powered
using an AC power adapter.

Extended Keypad

The Extended Keypad is located to the right of the touch-sensitive
screen. The keys are used to initiate specific operations on the
TestPad (such as a test restart or screen toggle), launch the on-screen
keyboard or online help, or access dialog boxes to control the brightness of the screen and to set up print events. Table 7 describes the
function of each key.

Table 7
Icon

Extended Keypad keys
Description
Restart—Press this key to restart the tests on each active
port simultaneously. When you restart a test, the TestPad
resets the current test result totals and clears any errors
and/or alarms.
NOTE: If you want to restart a test on a specific port, select
Tools > Restart Port 1 or Tools > Restart Port 2.
Toggle Screen—Press this key to toggle between applications. For example, if you launched the Web browser, press
this key to toggle between the TestPad user interface and
the browser.
Brightness—Press this key to access the Screen Brightness
tab.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 1 FST-2802 TestPad Overview
Navigating the user interface

Table 7
Icon

Extended Keypad keys (Continued)
Description
Keyboard—Press this key to launch the on-screen keyboard.

Printer Setup—Displays a series of tabs which allow you to
schedule or generate print output on the TestPad.

Help—Launches FST-2802 Help.

NOTE:
When you use the Remote GUI, you can use the Tools menu to
access each of the commands associated with the Extended Keypad keys.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2

Basic Operations

2
This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for each of the basic
operations you can perform using the FST-2802. Topics discussed in
this chapter are as follows:
– “Connecting and swapping application modules” on page 28
– “Maintaining the battery” on page 30
– “Connecting a USB device” on page 33
– “Setting up the FST-2802” on page 34
– “Defining the Custom result category” on page 45
– “Restoring factory defaults” on page 46
– “Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms” on
page 47
– “Using the on-screen keyboard” on page 61
– “Sending e-mail” on page 62
– “Launching Adobe Acrobat Reader” on page 66
– “Launching the VNC Viewer” on page 67
– “Launching the Web browser” on page 68
– “Emulating a VT100 terminal” on page 69
– “Using the Remote GUI” on page 69
– “Managing files” on page 71

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Connecting and swapping application modules

Connecting and swapping application modules
Connecting an application module involves holding it at a slight angle
to the UIM, inserting the UIM into the application module slot, gently
rotating the application module into a parallel position with the UIM,
and then sliding the application module into the UIM.
Swapping application modules involves turning the TestPad off,
disconnecting the attached application module from the UIM, and then
attaching the new application module to the UIM.
NOTE:
FST-2802’s which are compatible with the Version 6 UIM are identified with a “Version 6 Compatible” label on the back of the application module.
FST-2802 application modules running software version 3.0 and
higher require a Version 6 or higher UIM. If you connect a FST-2802
application module running software version 3.0 or higher to an
older UIM, a message will appear on the user interface instructing
you to remove the application module and attach it to a newer UIM.
To connect or swap application modules
1 If an application module is connected to the UIM and the TestPad
is on, turn off the TestPad.
2 If you are swapping application modules, turn the screw on the
front of the application module counter-clockwise to release the
application module; otherwise, proceed to step 4.
3 Disconnect the application module from the UIM by slowly pulling
the two modules apart, and then gently rotating the right side of
the UIM into an upwards position.
4 On the back of the application module you are about to connect,
verify that the following labels appear (indicating that the application module is compatible with a Version 6 or higher UIM):
– If you are connecting a FST-2802, verify that a label appears
stating “Version 6 Compatible”.
– If you are connecting any other application module, verify that
a label appears stating “FST-2000 INTEROPERABLE”.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Connecting and swapping application modules

5 While holding the application module at a slight angle (see
Figure 8), insert the bottom right corner of the UIM no more than
1/4 inch into the inside bottom edge of the application module slot.
UIM

Figure 8

Application module

UIM insertion into application module slot

6 Gently rotate the application module into a parallel position with
the UIM (see Figure 9 on page 29).
Rotate

Figure 9

Rotating the application module

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Maintaining the battery

CAUTION: DAMAGE TO TESTPAD
If you attempt to connect the UIM and application module at an
angle, you may damage the TestPad. Be certain to align the UIM
and application module in a parallel position before connecting the
modules.
7 Slide the application module into the UIM, keeping the two
modules parallel at all times (see Figure 10).

Figure 10 UIM and application module connection
8 Turn the screw clockwise to secure the TestPad.
The TestPad is ready for use.
NOTE:
When you turn the TestPad on for the first time, the UIM and the
application module require several minutes to initialize the software.
Do not turn the power off during initialization or you may corrupt the
files.

Maintaining the battery
The TestPad comes equipped with a rechargeable Nickel-Metal
Hydride (NiMH) battery. The battery life of a fully-charged battery
varies depending on the type of functions that you are performing.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Maintaining the battery

If the battery is not charged with sufficient capacity to power the
TestPad, the TestPad will not completely power up, and the LOW
BATTERY LED will illuminate. You can power the TestPad and
recharge the battery using the supplied AC adapter.
To prolong the life span of the battery, follow the guidelines below:
– Store the battery in a cool, dry, and clean environment. Do not
leave the battery in a car or truck, particularly during extremely
warm weather.
– Use the AC adapter to power up the TestPad the first time you use
the TestPad, or after prolonged storage.
– Before using the battery to power the TestPad, check the battery
capacity.
– If the battery capacity is depleted or if the battery has been stored
for a prolonged period, use the Acterna battery charger to charge
the battery. Do not use an un-approved charger.
– Condition the battery after prolonged storage or 30 cycles of use.
To condition the battery, deeply discharge the battery, and then
recharge the battery fully three times.
– If the TestPad will not be used for more than a week, remove the
battery.
– Do not charge the battery after exposure to extremely hot or cold
temperatures.
– If the battery capacity is depleted and you are not ready to
recharge the battery, turn the TestPad power OFF.
– Always carry a fully charged spare battery.

Viewing the
battery charge
status

To view the battery charge status
– Look at the Power Status button on the user interface. The button
displays the current battery strength using a bar graph and
percentage.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Maintaining the battery

Charging the
battery

The Low Battery LED illuminates when the battery is below 25 percent
capacity. You can recharge the battery using an AC adapter.
NOTE:
Environmental conditions such as the temperature of the battery
may cause the charging process to terminate before the battery is
completely recharged. The internal battery charger can operate
when the TestPad is on; however, to ensure a complete recharge,
turn the TestPad off, remove the AC adapter, and then verify that
the battery is cool to the touch before beginning a new charge
cycle.
To charge the battery
1 Turn off the TestPad.
2 Verify that the battery is cool to the touch. If the battery is warm,
wait for it to cool down before proceeding to step 3.
3 To start a new charge cycle, or to restart a charge cycle that was
terminated, do one of the following:
– If the battery is already in the TestPad, insert or reinsert the AC
adapter.
– If the AC adapter is already plugged in, insert or reinsert the
battery into the TestPad.
4 Let the battery charge for up to two hours depending on the
current charge state of the battery.
The battery is charged.

Replacing the
battery

The following procedure describes how to replace the battery in a
TestPad.
CAUTION: DANGER OF EXPLOSION
Risk of explosion if battery is replaced with an incorrect type.
Replace with the same or equivalent type recommended by the
manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Connecting a USB device

NOTE:
The battery can be “hot swapped” which means if AC power is connected, you can replace the battery without affecting the current
test.
To replace the battery
1 Turn off the TestPad or connect AC power.
2 Unlock the battery access panel by turning the screw counterclockwise. See Figure 4 on page 18.
3 Open the battery access panel.
4 Pull the strap to remove the battery.
5 Align the new battery with the terminals facing up and pointing
toward the battery compartment.
6 Verify that you can read the terminal markings (-) V D C (+) at the
top end of the battery.
7 Slide the new battery into the battery compartment until the terminals click into place.
The bottom of the battery should be about 0.25 inches (0.635
centimeters) inside the compartment.
8 Close the battery access door, and then lock the door by turning
the screw clockwise.
9 If the TestPad is on, you can resume testing. If you turned the
TestPad off, turn it on to resume testing.
The battery is replaced.

Connecting a USB device
You can connect a USB keyboard, mouse, or printer to the TestPad. If
you want to use more than one USB device simultaneously, you can
connect a USB hub to the TestPad, and then connect each device to
one of the four ports available on the hub.
To connect a USB device to the TestPad
1 Turn the TestPad power ON.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

2 Insert a Y cable into the USB/Serial port. This cable provides a
USB connector.
NOTE:
You must connect the Y cable to the USB/Serial port before you
connect the keyboard, mouse, printer, or hub cable to the USB connector.
3 Do one of the following:
To…

Do this…

Connect a keyboard or mouse

Insert the keyboard or mouse
cable into the USB connector of
the Y cable.

Connect a printer

Attach one end of the printer
cable (supplied with the printer)
to the printer, and then attach the
other end to the USB connector
of the Y cable.

Connect a USB hub

Attach the hub cable to the USB
connector of the Y cable, and
then connect the USB devices to
the hub.

The USB device is connected.
NOTE:
The TestPad also provides an on-screen keyboard which allows
you to type by tapping keys on a keyboard displayed on the touchsensitive screen. For instructions on using the on-screen keyboard,
see “Using the on-screen keyboard” on page 61.

Setting up the FST-2802
Setting up the FST-2802 involves specifying a password for the
Remote GUI, and specifying various settings for the TestPad such as
the date and time format, screen saver, screen brightness, and
speaker volume. It may also involve loading software upgrades and
options.
34

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

Specifying a
Remote GUI
password

If you intend to use the Remote GUI to control the TestPad from a
remote PC or laptop, you must specify a Remote GUI password to
secure access to the TestPad. Each time you initiate a Remote GUI
session, you’ll be required to enter the password.
The default Remote GUI password is acterna.
To specify a Remote GUI password
1 Select Tools > Connectivity.
The Connectivity Menu appears.
2 Select Remote GUI.
The Remote GUI Password dialog box appears.

3 In Remote GUI Password, type a password using up to eight
characters, and then select OK.
The Connectivity Menu appears, and the Remote GUI password is set.

Specifying date
and time settings

By default, the TestPad presents dates on print files using a standard
MM/DD/YYYY format, and time using a standard Hour:Minute:Second
format. You can change the date, time, or format at any time.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

To specify date and time settings
1 Select Tools > TestPad Settings.
A series of setup tabs appears.
2 Select Time/Date.

3 To specify the settings, do the following:

To…

Do this…

Set the date format

In Set Date Format, select a date format.

Set the time format

In Set Time Format, select a time format.

Set the date

Select the arrow to the right of the Set Date
field. A calendar appears. Do one of the following:
– To select a date from the month and
year displayed, simply select the date.
– To navigate through the calendar to
select a date from a different month or
year, use the arrows at the top of the
calendar to display the month, and then
select the date.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

To…

Do this…

Set the time

In Set Time, select the hour, minutes, or
seconds you want to modify, and then select
the up or down arrow to the right of the field
to increase or decrease the value in increments of one.

4 Select OK.
The date and time settings are specified.

Setting up the
screen saver

The TestPad is equipped with a screen saver. You can setup the
TestPad to use the screen saver, or you can disable the screen saver
entirely. If you use the screen saver, you can specify how much time
must elapse before the TestPad displays the screen saver, and you
can optionally display a blank screen or a scrolling message whenever
the screen saver appears.
To set up the screen saver
1 Select Tools > TestPad Settings.
A series of setup tabs appears.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

2 Select Screen Saver.

3 If you do not want to use a screen saver, under User a Screen
Saver, select Never, and then proceed to step 4.
If you do want to use a screen saver, do the following:
a Select an option for Use a Screen Saver.
b Select a screen saver style: Blank Screen or Scrolling
Message.
c If you selected Scrolling Message, select Edit to display the
Enter new message dialog box, and then type the message.
Select OK to return to the Screen Saver tab.
d Select the time to elapse before the screen saver appears.
4 Select OK.
The screen saver is set up.

Setting the screen
brightness

You can control the screen brightness on the TestPad. Higher brightness provides greater clarity when viewing the user interface.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

To set the screen brightness
1 Select Tools > TestPad Settings.
A series of setup tabs appears.
2 Select Brightness.

3 Under Brightness Setting, drag the pointer to the level of brightness you want to use for the screen.
4 Select OK.
The screen brightness is set.

Specifying
speaker settings

You can control the speaker volume on the TestPad or mute the
speaker entirely. You can also setup the TestPad to beep whenever
you insert or remove a PCMCIA card or whenever you select a button
on the user interface.
To specify speaker settings
1 Select Tools > TestPad Settings.
A series of setup tabs appears.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

2 Select Speaker.

3 To control the speaker’s volume, do one of the following:
– If you want to adjust the speaker volume, under Speaker
Volume, drag the pointer to the level of volume you want the
speaker to use.
– If you want to mute the speaker volume entirely, select Mute
Speaker.
4 To set up the TestPad to beep whenever you insert or remove a
PCMCIA card or select a button on the user interface, select
Enable Beep.
5 Select OK.
The speaker settings are specified.

Loading options
and software
upgrades

If you purchase options or obtain an FST-2802 or UIM software
upgrade, you receive a PCMCIA card with the software for the options
or upgrade. Loading options or FST-2802 software upgrades involves
inserting the PCMCIA card into a PCMCIA card slot, loading the software, and then waiting for the TestPad to reboot. Loading options is
typically a quick process; loading an FST-2802 software upgrade
takes longer.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

For instructions on loading UIM software upgrades, refer to the
upgrade instructions provided with the upgrade card.
Loading options

You can load options from a single PCMCIA card or from two separate
PCMCIA cards simultaneously.
To load options
1 Insert the PCMCIA card or cards with the options in a PCMCIA
card slot.
2 Select the Tools button, and then do one of the following:
– To load UIM options, select TestPad Settings, and then select
the Revisions/Options tab.
– To load FST-2802 settings, select FST-2802 Settings. The
Revisions/Options tab appears.

Currently installed options on the TestPad appear under TestPad
Options or FST-2802 Options.
3 Select Install Options.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

The Options Installation dialog box appears, listing the options
available on the PCMCIA card (or cards).

NOTE:
If you inserted two PCMCIA optioning cards into the TestPad, and
both cards include the same option, the option appears twice in the
list of options.
The Number Remaining field indicates the remaining copies of the
option which are available for installation. Each time you install an
option, the TestPad decreases the number remaining by one.
4 Select the option or options you want to install.
5 Select Install & Reboot.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

The TestPad installs the options, and then the Install Options
dialog box appears.

6 Select OK to acknowledge the message.
The TestPad reboots and the options are available.
Loading an FST-2802
software upgrade

Before you load an FST-2802 software upgrade, you must power the
TestPad using an AC adapter. We also recommend using a battery
charged to at least 50 percent capacity as a backup power supply.
If you insert a PCMCIA card into the TestPad with an FST-2802 software upgrade before you turn the TestPad on, the TestPad automatically detects a new version of the software when it boots up and asks
if you want to upgrade the software.
Loading the upgrade typically takes about forty-five minutes.
CAUTION: DAMAGE TO TESTPAD
When you load a software upgrade, the TestPad deletes all existing
application module software, automatically reboots, and then loads
the upgrade. Therefore, if power is interrupted during the course of
the upgrade, the TestPad may require factory service to operate.
To load a software upgrade
1 Insert the software upgrade card into a PCMCIA card slot.
2 Connect the AC adapter to the DC IN jack (located on the bottom
panel of the TestPad), and then plug it in to an electrical outlet.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Setting up the FST-2802

3 Turn the TestPad power ON.
The TestPad displays a series of boot-up messages. When the
boot-up is complete, a dialog box appears informing you that a
newer version of the application module software has been
detected and prompts you to upgrade the software.
4 Select OK.
The TestPad displays the following warning:
WARNING
DO NOT TURN POWER OFF AT THIS TIME.
Transfer of system files in progress. System may
require factory service if power fails during
transfer.
At the bottom of the screen, a box appears which shows the
percentage of each file transferred during the upgrade.
NOTE:
Between file transfers, a message appears informing you that the
TestPad is preparing the system for another file transfer and advising you to be patient. It may take a couple of minutes for the TestPad to begin transferring the next file.
After the last file is transferred, the TestPad reboots.
The software upgrade is loaded.
NOTE:
If you insert a PCMCIA upgrade card after you turn the TestPad on,
you can select Tools > FST-2802 Settings to display the Revisions/
Options tab, and then select the Revision Upgrade option to load
the upgrade.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Defining the Custom result category

Defining the Custom result category
You can define a Custom result category with results from a variety of
categories. This allows you to quickly view the results on a single result
pane without navigating through each individual category.
To define the Custom result category
1 Select Tools > FST-2802 Settings.
The Reset tab appears.
2 Select the Custom Results tab.

3 Select the results you want to view in the Custom category from
the Available list, and then do one of the following:
– Use the > and < arrows to move single results between the
Available and Selected list boxes.
– Use the << arrows to move all selected results back to the
Available list box.
4 Select OK to return to the main screen.
Results are selected for the Custom result category.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Restoring factory defaults

Restoring factory defaults
You can restore the FST-2802 settings to the factory defaults using the
Clear NOVRAM feature. When you clear NOVRAM, the TestPad
restores the following settings for each port:
– Test applications. All test applications for the FST-2802 are
restored to their default values.
– Print Management settings. The print management settings are
restored to their default values.
To restore factory defaults
1 Select Tools > FST-2802 Settings.
The Reset tab appears.

2 Select Clear NOVRAM.
The TestPad restores the FST-2802 settings back to the factory
defaults. This typically takes about ten seconds, and then a
message appears informing you that the settings are restored.
3 Select OK to acknowledge the message.
The TestPad reboots, and the settings are restored.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms
You can print test configurations, test results, and histograms from the
TestPad. Printing involves connecting a printer, and then specifying
print parameters such as the print mode, print type, and print event
triggers. If you connected a serial printer, you must also configure the
printer.
After you specify the print parameters, you are ready to generate print
output. When you generate print output, you can do the following:
– Encrypt the output to ensure the integrity of the data you sent to
your supervisor or Technical Support department.
– Send the output directly to a printer.
– Store the output in a file on the TestPad to print at a later time.
– Automatically e-mail the output. For example, if you want your
Technical Support department to review your test results, you can
set up the TestPad to automatically e-mail the results to the
department.
NOTE:
If your FST-2802 has two ports, and both ports are active, the TestPad generates output for each active port. For example, if you are
testing using both Port 1 and Port 2, print output of test results will
list test results for Port 1 first, and then the test results for Port 2.
The following sections introduce you to some basic concepts about
printing, and then describe how to connect a printer, configure a serial
printer, specify print parameters, and print your print files.

Printing to text
files

The first time you generate print output, by default, the TestPad
appends the output to the default print file, default.txt in the
following directory:
Acterna\Files\FST-2802

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

When you specify print parameters for the output, you can do the
following:
– You can clear the output in the default.txt file, and then
repopulate the file with new output.
– You can direct the print output to a new or different .txt file.

Encrypting print
files

You can optionally encrypt print files by selecting the Encrypt print file
option on the Print Setup tab. When you generate an encrypted print
file, the TestPad creates two files: the standard text (.txt) file, and
an additional encrypted (.crp) file. For example, if you generate a
print file named “1GPatt”, the TestPad creates the following files:
– 1GPatt.txt
– 1GPatt.crp

Sending an encrypted
print file

You can send an encrypted print file to your supervisor or Technical
Support department by selecting the option to automatically email the
file after it is generated (see “Sending e-mail” on page 62) or using
FTP (see “Managing files” on page 71).
The first time you send an encrypted (.crp) file to your supervisor or
Technical Support department, you need to send the decrypt.exe
executable which enables them to read the encrypted file. The file is
located at:
[SYS] Z:/decrypt.exe

Reading an encrypted
print file

To read an encrypted print file, you must launch decrypt.exe using
the print filename as a parameter. For example, if the encrypted file’s
name is 1GPatt.crp, use the following command to launch the
executable:
decrypt.exe 1GPatt.crp
The executable converts the encrypted (.crp) file to a text (.txt) file.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

Print modes

Print modes identify the way you want to generate print output: manually, at timed intervals, or when a test ends. You specify the print mode
for your print output in the Print Mode field of the Setup tab.

Print types

Print types represent the type of information you want to include in the
print output (all test results, test results for a selected group of categories, test configurations, or histograms). When you specify print
parameters, you specify the print type for your print output in the Print
Type field of the Setup tab.
NOTE:
To print test configurations (controls) and histograms, you must
generate print output in manual mode.

Print event
triggers

Print event triggers cause the TestPad to generate print output whenever the event (a result change, test restart, or a remote user connects
or disconnects to the TestPad) occurs. The event output includes a
date and time stamp indicating when the event occurred.

Connecting a
printer

The USB/Serial port, located on the top panel, is used to connect the
standard Y cable provided with the TestPad. The Y cable provides a
USB connector and a serial connector, allowing you to connect a USB
printer, such as the 2000-USB-PRINTER, or serial printer, such as the
PR-40B to the TestPad.
To connect the printer
1 Turn on the TestPad.
2 Attach the Y cable to the USB/Serial port.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

3 Do one of the following:
– If you are connecting a serial printer, using the supplied printer
cable, connect the DB-9 female connector on the printer cable
to the serial connector on the Y cable, and then connect the
DB-9 male connector on the printer cable to the printer.
– If you are connecting a USB printer, using the supplied printer
cable, connect the cable to the USB connector of the Y cable,
and then connect the other end of the printer cable to the
printer.
NOTE:
When connecting to the PR-40B serial printer, use the printer cable
provided with the printer. Operability of the printer port cannot be
guaranteed if you use a cable longer than 3 meters.
By default, the baud rate for the serial printer interface is 9600, and the
parity method is none. If you need to change these settings, see
“Configuring a serial printer” on page 50.

Configuring a
serial printer

Configuring a serial printer involves specifying the printer device, and
then specifying the communications parameters, such as the baud
rate, data bits, parity, stop bits, and flow control.
To configure a printer
1 Select Tools > Connectivity.
The Connectivity Menu appears.
2 Select Serial Printer.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

The Printer Configuration dialog box appears.

3 If you have either a serial card or a Y cable connected to the
TestPad, the serial printer device available appears automatically
under Serial Printer Device.
If you have both a serial card and a Y cable connected to the
TestPad, under Serial Printer Device, select Serial Card to
connect via a card, or Serial Port to connect via the serial port on
the Y cable.
4 Specify the settings for the printer, and then select OK. Default
values for each of the settings are as follows:
– Baud rate: 9600
– Data bits: eight
– Parity: None
– Stop bits: None
– Flow control: None
The printer is configured.
NOTE:
You can also use the Configure option on the Setup tab to configure
a printer when you specify print parameters.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

Creating a
heading for print
output

You can create a custom heading for print output. These headings are
particularly helpful if you append print output to the same print file each
time you print. By defining unique headings for your print output, you
can easily identify the output associated with each test.
To create a heading
1 Select Tools > Print Management.
A series of print management tabs appear.
2 Select Headings.

3 In Heading Line 1, type the first heading you want to appear on
the print file.
4 If you want a second and third heading, type the headings in the
corresponding fields.
5 Select Setup to return to the Setup tab, or OK to return to the
main screen.
The heading is created and will appear above your print output.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

Generating print
output

Generating print output involves specifying the print mode, specifying
a print type (and defining print type parameters, if necessary), and
then selecting the Generate button to generate the print output immediately, or scheduling the TestPad to automatically generate print
output.
To generate print output
1 Select Tools > Print Management.
The Setup tab appears.

2 In Mode, select one of the following print modes:
Select

To…

Manual

Manually generate print output. Proceed to
step 4.

Timed (Repeating)

Generate print output at regularly scheduled
intervals.
For example, if you want the TestPad to generate test results output every ten minutes,
select the Timed (Repeating) print mode,
and then proceed to step 3 to specify the
interval between generated print output.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

Select

To…

Timed (Test End)

Generate print output whenever a test ends.
For example, if you want the TestPad to generate test results output when a test ends in
thirty minutes, select the Timed (Test End)
print mode, and then proceed to step 3 to
specify the amount of time after a test restart
(thirty minutes) that will pass before the test
ends.

NOTE:
You must select Manual mode to print test configurations (controls)
and histograms.
If you selected Timed (Repeating) or Timed (Test End), fields
appear on the Setup tab which allow you to specify the interval
between TestPad generated print output or the amount of time that
will pass after a test restart before a test ends.

3 In Hours and Mins, type the hours or minutes, or select the up
and down arrows next to the fields to increase or decrease the
displayed value.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

4 In Type, select one of the following print types:
Select…

To…

All Results

Print all test results for a test. Proceed to
step 7.

Selected Categories

Print test results for a specific group of categories. Proceed to step 5.

Controls

Print the configuration for a test. Proceed to
step 7.

Histogram

Print specific results based upon the histogram configuration. Proceed to step 6.

5 If you chose Selected Categories as the print type in step 4, select
the Categories tab to choose the categories for the print output,
and then do the following:

a To select categories, use the > and < arrows to move single
categories between the Available and Selected list boxes, or
use the >> and << arrows to move all categories.
b Proceed to step 7.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

6 If you selected Histogram as the print type in step 4, see “Setting
up a histogram” on page 57 for instructions on setting up histogram output, and then proceed to step 7.
7 Optional. If you want the TestPad to generate print output whenever you restart a test, a result changes, or a remote user
connects or disconnects to the TestPad, select the Event tab, and
then select Test Restart, Result Change, or Remote User
Connect/Disconnect.
8 Return to the Setup tab.
9 Optional. If you want to clear the displayed print file, or direct the
print output to a new or different file, do one of the following:
To…

Do this…

Clear the displayed
print file, and then repopulate the file with
new output

Select Clear File.

Direct the print output
to a new file

Choose Select File to display the File Management dialog box, and then do the following:
– Select the File Name field. An Acterna
keypad appears.
– Type the new file name.
– Select OK to return to the Setup tab.

Direct the print output
to a different file

Choose Select File to display the File Management dialog box, and then do the following:
– Under File Name, select the file you
want to direct the output to.
– Select OK to return to the Setup tab.

10 Optional. If you want to send the output directly to a printer, select
Send output directly to a printer, and then select the printer you
want to direct the output to (Serial or USB).
11 Optional. If you want to email the output when it is generated,
select Email on print. See “Sending e-mail” on page 62 for
instructions on sending e-mail from the TestPad.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

12 Optional. If you want to encrypt the output, select Encrypt print
file.
13 Select Generate or Print File.
14 If you want to store the print settings you specified, select OK to
return to the Main Screen. If you do not want to store the print
settings, select Cancel.
If you sent the print output directly to a printer, the TestPad prints the
output and sends the output to the .txt file you specified. If you sent
the print output to a file, the output is stored in the .txt file to be
printed at a later time.

Setting up a
histogram

A histogram is print output of test results in a bar graph format. Histograms enable you to quickly identify spikes and patterns of errors over
a specific interval of time. Figure 11 shows a sample Histogram
printout.

Figure 11 Histogram printout
Each time you run a test, the TestPad automatically accumulates data
for a histogram in the histogram buffer. Whenever you start a new test,
the histogram buffer clears, and then populates with data from the new
test.
You can choose which results to collect for the histogram print output,
and when the TestPad will collect the samples. If your FST-2802 has
two ports and you are running tests on both ports, the TestPad will
create a separate histogram for each test.
To set up histogram print output
1 Select the Tools button.
The Tools Menu appears.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

2 Select Print Management.
The Setup tab appears.
3 In Mode, select Manual.
NOTE:
You cannot print histograms in Timed (Repeating) or Timed (Test
End) modes.
4 In Type, select Histogram.
5 Select the Histogram Setup tab.

6 Under Start, do one of the following:
– Select First Sample to select all available data for the print
output from the moment the test starts.
– Select Start Date/Time to specify the start data and time for
data collection for the histogram. If you select this option, you
must type the date and time the TestPad will start collecting
data in the associated fields.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

7 Under End, do one of the following:
– Select Last Sample to select all available data for the print
output from the moment you select Generate to generate
output for the histogram.
– Select Set Duration to specify a duration of time during which
the TestPad will collect data for the histogram. If you select this
option, you must type the days, hours, and minutes for the
duration in the associated fields.
8 Under Bar Interval, type the hours and minutes represented in
each histogram bar.
9 Select the Histogram Results tab.

10 To select the result categories for the histogram, do one of the
following:
a Select the categories you would like to include in the print
output. Use the > and < arrows to move single categories
between the Available and Selected list boxes. Use the >> and
<< arrows to move all categories.
b Select OK.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Printing test configurations, test results, and histograms

NOTE:
The result categories available for a histogram depend on the current test configuration. Each time you configure a test using the
same settings, the histogram categories you selected previously for
the configuration are automatically available; however, you can edit
the categories at any time.
11 In Printer, select the printer you want to direct the histogram output
to (Serial or USB).
12 Optional. If you want to send the histogram directly to a printer,
select Send output directly to a printer.
13 Optional. If you want to email the histogram when it is generated,
select Email on print. See “Sending e-mail” on page 62 for
instructions on sending e-mail from the TestPad.
14 Select Generate or Print File.
If you sent the histogram directly to a printer, the TestPad prints the
histogram and sends the output to the .txt file you specified. If you
sent the histogram to a file, the output is stored in the .txt file to be
printed at a later time.

Viewing stored
print files

You can view stored print files using the View File button on the Setup
tab.
NOTE:
You can also view stored print files from the File Management dialog box. See “Viewing, running, deleting, or renaming a file” on
page 75.
To view a stored print file
1 Select Tools > Print Management.
The Setup tab appears.
2 Under File, the most recently created print file appears. Do one of
the following:
– To view the displayed print file, proceed to step 3.
– To view a different print file, choose Select File, and then
select the print file you want to view.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Using the on-screen keyboard

3 Select View File.
The print file appears in the Print Viewer dialog box.

Printing a stored
print file

You can print stored print files using the Print File button on the Setup
tab.
To print a stored print file
1 Select Tools > Print Management.
The Setup tab appears.
2 Under File, the most recently created print file appears. Do one of
the following:
– To print the displayed print file, proceed to step 3.
– To print a different print file, choose Select File, and then
select the print file you want to print.
3 Select Print File.
The print file is printed.

Using the on-screen keyboard
The FST-2802 provides an on-screen keyboard, which you can use to
type information in the active window when you use the Web browser,
use the VNC Viewer, or emulate a VT100 terminal using the TestPad.
NOTE:
You do not need to use the on-screen keyboard to type data in the
FST-2802 user interface; a virtual keyboard is available whenever
typing is required. If you need to type a lot of information, we recommend using a USB keyboard.
To use the on-screen keyboard
1 Press the Keyboard key.
The on-screen keyboard appears.
2 In the active window, tap the field you need to type in.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Sending e-mail

3 Tap the keys on the on-screen keyboard to type text in the field. To
type a symbol, tap the Shift key. The numeric keys change to
symbol keys. Type the symbol. The symbol keys change back to
numeric keys. You must tap the Shift key each time you need to
type a symbol.
After you launch the on-screen keyboard, you can:
– Move the keyboard to a different location by dragging the title bar.
– Minimize the keyboard.
– Maximize the keyboard by pressing the Keyboard key.
– Type all capital letters by first tapping the Caps Lock key.
NOTE:
To optimize performance of the TestPad, secondary features of the
on-screen keyboard such as online help have been disabled.

Sending e-mail
If you purchased the Networking option, you can send e-mail from the
TestPad. Before you send e-mail, you must establish a modem dialout, modem dial-in, or LAN connection to connect to a Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server.
When you compose e-mail, you can:
– Populate the Address Book with e-mail addresses.
– Type messages.
– Attach print files containing test results, test configurations, or
histogram data.
NOTE:
The first time you compose an e-mail on the TestPad, you must
specify the address for an SMTP server. Internet Service Providers
(ISPs) typically provide an SMTP server. After you specify the
SMTP server for the first e-mail, the TestPad stores the server
address and provides it automatically each time you compose a
new e-mail.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Sending e-mail

To send an e-mail
1 Establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection
from the TestPad to a network for Internet access.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 On the TestPad, select the Tools > Connectivity.
The Connectivity Menu appears.
3 Select Email.
The E-mail dialog box appears.

4 In SMTP, type the SMTP server address. The SMTP server
address is typically one of the following:
– smtp.internet provider name.com
– smtp.internet provider name.net

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Sending e-mail

where internet provider name represents the name of the
company providing your internet service.
5 In From, type the address of an e-mail account you can retrieve
messages from.
NOTE:
You can not retrieve and read e-mail messages using the FST-2802
user interface; however, if you purchased the Networking and the
Web browser option, you can use the browser to access e-mail from
an ISP account.
6 In Subject, type the subject of the e-mail.
7 To specify the destination e-mail address, under To:, select Add.
The Address Maintenance dialog box appears.

If you added addresses to the Address Book previously, the
addresses appear in the Address Book.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Sending e-mail

8 Do one of the following:
To…

Do this…

Select an existing address from
the address book

–

–
Add a new address to the
address book

–

–
Add a new address without adding it to the address book

–

Under Address Book, select
the address, and then select
>> to copy the address to the
“To” List.
Proceed to step 10.
Select Add to Address
Book. A keyboard dialog box
appears allowing you to type
the new address.
Proceed to step 9.
Select Add to “To” List. A
keyboard dialog box appears
allowing you to type the new
address.
Proceed to step 9.

9 If you are adding an address, do the following:
a Type the address in the field provided. To type the “@” symbol,
select the Shift key.
The numeric keys change to symbol keys.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Launching Adobe Acrobat Reader

b Select OK to return to the Address Maintenance dialog box.
The new address appears in the Address Book or “To” List.
10 Select OK to return to the E-mail dialog box.
The To: address is automatically populated.
11 If you want to attach a file to the e-mail, do the following:
a Under Attach, select Add.
The Select Attachment dialog box appears.
b Navigate to the file you want to attach, and then select the file.
c Select OK to return to the E-mail dialog box.
The file appears in the attached box.
12 In Message, type the message to send with the e-mail, using up
to 100 characters.
13 Select Send.
The TestPad sends the e-mail to the address you specified.

Launching Adobe Acrobat Reader
The FST-2802 provides Adobe Acrobat Reader, which enables you to
read .PDF files on the TestPad.
To launch Adobe Acrobat Reader
– Select the Tools > Programs > PDFReader.
Acrobat Reader is launched.
NOTE:
To optimize performance of the TestPad, secondary features of
Acrobat Reader such as online help have been disabled.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Launching the VNC Viewer

Launching the VNC Viewer
If you purchased the Networking option, you can run remote applications from the TestPad using the VNC Viewer.
For example, if you have a laptop in your truck which is running a work
order application and a VNC server, and you are using the TestPad to
test a circuit, after you complete the test, you can close out the work
order from the TestPad without returning to your truck. To close the
work order, you do the following:
– Establish an 802.11b or Bluetooth connection from the TestPad to
the laptop.
– Launch the VNC Viewer on the TestPad.
– View the laptop’s work order application.
– Close the work order.
Before you launch the VNC Viewer, you must first establish a modem
dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection to the network or laptop the
VNC server is running on.
To launch the VNC Viewer
1 Establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection
from the TestPad to the network or laptop the server is running on.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 Connect a USB keyboard, or press the Keyboard key to launch
the on-screen keyboard.
3 Select Tools > Programs > VNC Viewer.
The Connection Details dialog box appears.
4 In VNC server, type the IP address or computer name of the
device running the server.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Launching the Web browser

5 If required, log into the server by typing a password.
The desktop for the device running the VNC server appears.
NOTE:
To optimize performance of the TestPad, secondary features of the
VNC Viewer such as online help have been disabled.

Launching the Web browser
If you purchased the Networking and Web browser options, you can
launch a Web browser from the FST-2802. You can use the Web
browser to view and retrieve intranet or Internet content (such as
methods and procedures or engineering records) and configure
network equipment.
Before you launch the Web browser, you must first establish a modem
dial-out or LAN connection to a network.
To launch the Web browser
1 Establish a modem dial-out or LAN connection.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 Connect a USB keyboard, or press the Keyboard key to launch
the on-screen keyboard.
3 Select Tools > Programs > Web browser.
The Internet Explorer browser appears.
4 Verify your browser connection by typing the address for the site
you want to access. If the browser displays the site, the connection is established.
NOTE:
To optimize performance of the TestPad, secondary features of the
Web browser such as online help have been disabled.
68

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Emulating a VT100 terminal

Emulating a VT100 terminal
If you purchased the VT100 option, the FST-2802 can emulate a
VT100 terminal. When you use the TestPad to emulate a VT100
terminal, the TestPad launches a HyperTerminal session. You can use
the session to retrieve performance information from network
elements and configure the elements.
Before starting VT100 emulation, you must first establish a serial
connection to the network element.
To emulate a VT100 terminal
1 Establish a serial connection. For detailed instructions on establishing a serial connection, see “Establishing serial connections”
on page 81.
2 Press the Keyboard key to launch the on-screen keyboard.
3 Select Tools > Programs > VT100.
The HyperTerminal session window appears.
4 The menu for the network element appears after a few seconds.
Verify that you can retrieve information from the network element.
5 Use the menu selections to retrieve performance information or
configure the element.
6 Select File > Exit to end the HyperTerminal session.
NOTE:
To optimize performance of the TestPad, secondary HyperTerminal
features such as the ability to add a printer and online help have
been disabled.

Using the Remote GUI
If you purchased the Networking option, you can run the TestPad
remotely from any device with a Web browser using a VNC session.
You can use the Remote GUI to perform any of the tests available for
the FST-2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Using the Remote GUI

When you set up the TestPad, you should specify a Remote GUI password to restrict remote access to the TestPad. For detailed instructions, see “Specifying a Remote GUI password” on page 35.
Before you run the Remote GUI, the TestPad must be connected to the
network your PC or laptop is connected to via a modem dial-in, modem
dial-out, or LAN connection, or locally via a USB connection. You also
need the IP address or computer name of the TestPad.

Determining the
TestPad’s IP
address or
computer name

To determine the TestPad’s IP address or computer name
1 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity.
The Connectivity Menu appears.
2 Select the Network Info tab.
The TestPad’s IP address and computer name appear.

Running the
Remote GUI

To run the Remote GUI
1 Establish a network connection to the TestPad.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 From the laptop or PC, launch a Web browser.
3 Type the following address:
http://ip address:5800
Where ip address is the IP address of the TestPad.
A dialog box appears prompting you to enter the Remote GUI
password.
4 Type the Remote GUI password, and then select OK.
The Remote GUI for the TestPad appears on your screen.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

5 Verify the connection for the Remote GUI by doing the following:
– Using the Remote GUI, change the default configuration for the
TestPad.
– Verify the configuration settings in the configuration summary
bar of the Remote GUI.
6 To use the Remote GUI:
– Use your mouse to select the elements on the GUI that you
would typically “tap” on the TestPad. For example, if you want
to select the Setup button to configure a test, using your
mouse, simply click the Setup button on the Remote GUI.
– To access the Extended Keys for the TestPad, select the Tools
button at the bottom right corner of the main screen to display
the Tools menu, and then select the command that corresponds to the Extended key on the TestPad.
You are running the Remote GUI.
NOTE:
If you are running the RFC 2544 script from a Remote GUI session,
you must use the Windows Task Manager to run the script. See
“Running the script from a Remote GUI session” on page 169 for
detailed instructions.

Managing files
You can view, run, delete, rename, copy, and paste files (for example,
print files and test scripts) on the TestPad from the File Management
dialog box. For example, you can rename print files, copy print files to
a PCMCIA card, or delete print files. If you establish a network connection, you can also transfer files to and from local drives and FTP
servers.

Selecting files

Before you view, run, rename, copy, or delete a file, you must first
select the file.
To select a file
1 Select Tools > File Management.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

The File Management dialog box appears with the local drive for
the TestPad displayed as the current drive.
Button bar

Current drive/
folder

File selection
box

2 To navigate to the file, select the Current Drive/Folder drop-down
arrow.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

A drop-down list of drives and folders appears under the current
drive/folder.

3 Do the following:
a Select + to expand a drive or folder.
b Tap or click the folder to select the folder with the file.
c Tap or click the Current Drive/Folder drop-down arrow to select
the drive and folder and close the drop-down list.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

The drop-down list of drives and folders disappears, the
selected folder appears in the Current Drive/Folder field, and
the files in the folder appear in the File Selection box.

4 Select a file from the File Selection box.
The file is selected.

Filtering files

You can filter the files in the File Selection box to display only specific
types of files, such as print files or test scripts.
NOTE:
The print files you generate and store on the TestPad are stored as
text (.txt) files.
To filter the displayed files
– Select the File Type drop-down arrow, and then select Print,
Scripts or All.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

Viewing, running,
deleting, or
renaming a file

After you select a file, you can view, run, delete, or rename the file.
To view, run, delete, or rename a file
1 Select Tools > File Management.
The File Management dialog box appears.
2 Navigate to and select the file.
3 Do one of the following:
– To view or run the file, select the corresponding button on the
button bar.
– To delete the file, select Del. When prompted to confirm the
deletion, respond with OK.
– To rename the file, select Ren, type the new name, and then
select OK.

Copying and
pasting files

You can copy and paste files on the TestPad to any of the available
drives listed on the File Management dialog box, including PCMCIA
drives and the FTP drive (which you map to an FTP server). If you
want to transfer files to and from an FTP server, you must first establish a network connection, and then log in to the server.
To copy and paste files
1 Navigate to and select the drive and folder with the file you want to
copy.
2 If you selected the FTP drive, log into the FTP server (see
“Connecting to an FTP server” on page 76); otherwise, go to
step 3.
3 Select the file, and then choose Copy.
4 Navigate to the folder you want to paste the file to.
5 If you are copying the file to a folder on the FTP server, log into the
FTP server.
6 Select Paste.
The file is pasted.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

Connecting to an
FTP server

Before you connect to an FTP server from the TestPad, you must
establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection. After
you establish a network connection, you connect to an FTP server by
selecting the FTP drive in the File Management dialog box.
To connect to an FTP site
1 Establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection
from the TestPad to the network your device is connected to.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 Select Tools > File Management.
The File Management dialog box appears.
3 Select the FTP drive. The FTP drive is identified as follows:
– If this is the first time you are connecting to an FTP server from
the TestPad, the drive is identified as:
[FTP (Not Configured)]/
– If you previously connected to an FTP server from the TestPad,
the drive is identified with an FTP prefix, and the name of the
last FTP server you connected to. For example, if you
connected to Microsoft’s FTP server the last time you used the
TestPad, the FTP drive is identified as:
[FTP.Microsoft.com]/

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

The FTP Server button appears on the button bar, and the FTP
Server Settings dialog box appears.

4 Do one of the following:
– If you are connecting to the server displayed in the Server field,
proceed to step 5.
– If you are connecting to a different FTP server, tap or click the
Server field. An Acterna keyboard appears. Type the address
for the server, and then select OK.
5

In Login Name and Password, type your login and password, and
then select OK.

The TestPad connects to the FTP server. You can transfer files to and
from the TestPad.

Connecting to the
TestPad’s FTP
server

You can also log into the TestPad’s FTP server from a remote device
to transfer files. Before you connect to the TestPad’s FTP server, you
must establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection to
the remote device.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 2 Basic Operations
Managing files

To connect to the TestPad’s FTP server
1 Establish a modem dial-out, modem dial-in, or LAN connection
from the TestPad to the network your device is connected to.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
2 Launch an FTP session on your device.
3 Connect to the TestPad’s FTP server by specifying the following
parameters:
– Server name: TestPad’s computer name (see “Determining the TestPad’s IP address or computer name” on
page 70).
– Login: acterna
– Password: acterna
You are connected to the TestPad’s FTP server, and you can copy and
paste files to and from the TestPad.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3

Serial and Network Connections

3
This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for establishing serial
and network connections to the TestPad. Topics discussed in this
chapter are as follows:
– “About serial and network connections” on page 80
– “Requirements for serial and network connections” on page 80
– “Establishing serial connections” on page 81
– “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on page 83
– “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on page 85
– “Establishing LAN connections” on page 87
– “Establishing IP socket connections” on page 90

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
About serial and network connections

About serial and network connections
You can establish serial and network connections to the TestPad,
enabling you to use a variety of tools such as VT100, the Web browser,
VNC Viewer, and FTP. When you establish serial and network connections, you must specify connection parameters using the options
provided on the Connectivity tab (see Figure 12). The tab is displayed
by selecting the Connectivity option from the Tools menu.

Figure 12 Connectivity tab

Requirements for serial and network connections
To establish modem dial-out, modem dial-in, LAN, USB direct, and IP
socket network connections, you must purchase the Networking
option and the associated connectivity accessories required for the
connection.
You do not need to purchase the Networking option to establish serial
connections to the TestPad; however, you may need to purchase
connectivity accessories.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing serial connections

For descriptions of the connectivity accessories offered as accessories by Acterna, see Table 3 on page 12.

Establishing serial connections
You can establish a serial connection from a laptop or PC to a TestPad
using a serial PCMCIA card or a serial cable (connected to the serial
port of the Y cable).
After you establish a serial connection, you can do the following:
– Emulate a VT100 terminal (see “Emulating a VT100 terminal” on
page 69).
– Issue remote control commands (see Appendix B).
To establish a serial connection
1 Insert the PCMCIA serial card into a PCMCIA card slot on the
TestPad, or connect the Y cable to the USB/Serial port.
2 Do one of the following:
– If you are connecting via a serial PCMCIA card, connect a DB9 female connector on the serial null modem cable to the
connector on the cable attached to the card.
– If you are connecting via the Y cable, connect a DB-9 female
connector on the serial null modem cable to the serial
connector of the Y cable.
3 Connect the end of the serial null modem cable to the serial port of
the laptop or PC.
4 Do one of the following:
– If you are establishing the connection to emulate a VT100
terminal, see “Emulating a VT100 terminal” on page 69.
– If you are establishing the connection to allow a user to issue
remote control commands or run the Remote GUI, proceed to
step 5.
5 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity > Serial Remote
Command Line.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing serial connections

The Serial Command Line dialog box appears.

6 If a serial card is inserted in the TestPad and the Y cable is
connected to the USB/Serial port, you must select the serial
device you are using to establish the connection.
– To establish a connection using a serial card, select Serial
Card.
– To establish a connection using the serial port of the Y cable,
select Serial Port.
7 Specify the parameters for the connection, and then select OK.
Default values for each of the settings are as follows:
– Baud rate: 9600
– Data bits: 8
– Parity: None
– Stop bits: None
– Flow control: None
The connection is established.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing modem dial-out connections

Establishing modem dial-out connections
Establishing a modem dial-out connection from the TestPad involves
inserting the PCMCIA analog modem card into a PCMCIA card slot,
configuring the modem dial-out parameters, and then connecting the
PCMCIA card to a phone jack using the supplied RJ-11 phone cable.
Finally, you dial out to your Internet Service Provider (ISP). This establishes the modem dial-out connection.
You must have access to a PSTN network for a modem dial-out
connection.
After you establish a dial-out connection, you can do the following:
– Launch the Web browser (see “Launching the Web browser” on
page 68).
– Run the Remote GUI (see “Using the Remote GUI” on page 69).
– Transfer files using FTP (see “Copying and pasting files” on
page 75).
– Establish an IP socket connection to the TestPad (see “Establishing IP socket connections” on page 90), and then issue remote
control commands (see Appendix B).
To establish a modem dial-out connection
1 Insert the PCMCIA modem card into a PCMCIA card slot on the
TestPad.
2 Connect the PCMCIA modem card to a phone jack using the
supplied RJ-11 phone cable.
3 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity > Modem Dial Out
Network.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing modem dial-out connections

The Modem Dial-out dialog box appears.

4 Specify the following dial-out parameters:
a In Dial Out Device, select one of the available devices.
b To set the IP address, do one of the following:
– To allow a server to assign the IP address, select Server
assigned IP address.
– To manually assign the IP address, select Specify an IP
address, and then type the address in IP Address.
c To set the DNS address, do one of the following:
– To allow a DNS server to assign the DNS address, select
Server assigned DNS address.
– To manually assign the DNS address, select Specify a
DNS address, and then type the address in DNS Address.
d In Phone #, type the dial-out phone number.
e In Username, type your ISP username.
f

In Password, type your ISP password.

5 Select Dial to establish the connection.
The modem dial-out connection is established.
84

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing modem dial-in connections

Establishing modem dial-in connections
Establishing a modem dial-in connection to the TestPad involves
inserting a PCMCIA analog modem card into a PCMCIA card slot on
the TestPad, configuring the modem dial-in parameters, and then
connecting the PCMCIA modem card to a phone jack using the
supplied RJ-11 phone cable. Finally, you dial-in to the TestPad.
You must have access to a PSTN network for a modem dial-in connection.
After you establish a dial-in connection, you can do the following:
– Run the Remote GUI (see “Using the Remote GUI” on page 69).
– Transfer files using FTP (see “Copying and pasting files” on
page 75).
– Establish an IP socket connection to the TestPad (see “Establishing IP socket connections” on page 90), and then issue remote
control commands (see Appendix B).
To establish a modem dial-in connection
1 Insert the PCMCIA analog modem card into a PCMCIA card slot
on the TestPad.
2 Connect the PCMCIA modem card to a phone jack using the
supplied RJ-11 phone cable.
3 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity > Dial In Network.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing modem dial-in connections

The Dial-in Network dialog box appears.

4 To specify the dial-in parameters, do the following:
a In Dial In Device, select one of the available dial-in devices.
b To set the TCP/IP client address, do one of the following:
– To allow DHCP to assign the address, select Use DHCP to
assign remote TCP/IP client addresses.
– To use a static address pool, select Use static address
pool, and then type the range of addresses in the Begin
and End fields.
5 From the remote device, dial into the TestPad. When you are
prompted to log on to the TestPad, type the following username
and password:
– Username: acterna
– Password: acterna
Be certain to type the username and password in lowercase.
You are connected to the TestPad.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing LAN connections

Establishing LAN connections
You can establish a LAN connection from the TestPad to a network via
an Ethernet connection, or directly to another computer via an
Ethernet, 802.11, Bluetooth, or USB direct connection. If you are
connecting to a network with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP), you can let DHCP assign a TCP/IP client address, or you can
use a static address pool and assign a range of valid addresses.
Table 8 lists the technologies and requirements for network and direct
connections.

Table 8

LAN connections

Connection

Technology

Requirements

Network

Ethernet

–
–
–

Ethernet network
Ethernet PCMCIA card
Ethernet LAN cable

Direct

Ethernet

–
–

Ethernet PCMCIA card
Ethernet LAN crossover cable

802.11b

–
–

802.11b network
802.11b PCMCIA card

Bluetooth

–
–

Bluetooth network
Bluetooth PCMCIA card

USB direct

–
–

USB direct connect cable
Y cable

After you establish a LAN connection to a network or another
computer, you can do the following:
– Run the Remote GUI (see “Using the Remote GUI” on page 69).
– Transfer files using FTP (see “Copying and pasting files” on
page 75).
– Establish an IP socket connection to the TestPad (see “Establishing IP socket connections” on page 90), and then issue remote
control commands (see Appendix B).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing LAN connections

– If you establish a LAN connection to a network, you can also
launch the Web browser (see “Launching the Web browser” on
page 68).
To establish a LAN connection
1 If you are establishing an Ethernet, 802.11, or Bluetooth connection, insert the associated PCMCIA card into a PCMCIA card slot
on the TestPad.
WARNING: RISK OF DAMAGE TO UNIT
If you are using Bluetooth to establish a LAN connection, do not
remove the Bluetooth PCMCIA card from the TestPad. If the TestPad is configured for a Bluetooth connection, and you turn the TestPad on without a Bluetooth card in a PCMCIA card slot, the TestPad
will lock up and may require factory service. We recommend leaving the Bluetooth card in the slot at all times.
2 If you are establishing an Ethernet or direct USB connection, do
one of the following:
– To connect to an Ethernet network, connect the Ethernet LAN
cable to the PCMCIA card, and then connect the other end to
the network.
– To connect to a laptop or PC via Ethernet, connect the Ethernet
cross-over cable to the PCMCIA card, and then connect the
other end to the laptop or PC.
– To establish a USB direct connection to a laptop or PC,
connect the Y cable to the TestPad, and then connect one end
of the USB direct connect cable to the USB connector on the Y
cable and the other end to the laptop or PC.
3 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity > Local Area
Network.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing LAN connections

The Network Settings dialog box appears.

4 To set the TCP/IP client address, do one of the following:
– To allow DHCP to assign the address, select Obtain an IP
address automatically.
– To use a static address, select Use the following IP address,
and then type the IP address in the IP Address, Subnet Mask,
and Default Gateway fields.
5 To set the DNS server address, do one of the following:
– To obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Obtain
DNS server address automatically.
– To use a specific DNS server address, select Use the
following DNS server address, and then type the address in
the DNS Server field.
6 If you are connecting via Bluetooth or 802.11b, configure your PC
or laptop using the following case-sensitive values:
Connection

Parameter

Value

Bluetooth

Friendly Name

TestPad

802.11b

SSID

TestPad

WEP key

FST2k

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing IP socket connections

Connection

Parameter

Value

802.11b (continued)

Static IP address

192.168.252.2

The connection is established.

Establishing IP socket connections
You can establish an IP socket connection to the TestPad from a
laptop or PC. Before you establish an IP socket connection to the
TestPad, you must establish a network connection. You should also
identify the IP address of the TestPad (see “Determining the TestPad’s
IP address or computer name” on page 70).
To establish an IP socket connection
1 On the TestPad, select Tools > Connectivity > Socket Remote
Command Line.
The Socket Port # dialog box appears.
2 In Port #, enter the port number for the connection.
3 Establish a network connection to the TestPad.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-out
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-out connections” on
page 83.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a modem dial-in
connection, see “Establishing modem dial-in connections” on
page 85.
– For detailed instructions on establishing a LAN connection, see
“Establishing LAN connections” on page 87.
4 On the laptop or PC, launch a terminal emulation application (such
as HyperTerminal).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing IP socket connections

5 Connect using the following parameters:
– TCP/IP (Winsock)
– Port number: Port number (specified in step 2).
– IP address: TestPad’s IP address or computer name
(see “Determining the TestPad’s IP address or computer
name” on page 70).
The connection is established.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 3 Serial and Network Connections
Establishing IP socket connections

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4

Basic Testing

4
This chapter explains basic testing concepts and procedures common
to the tests. Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows:
– “Running a test” on page 94
– “Managing test configurations” on page 107
– “Running test scripts” on page 109

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Running a test
Running a test involves configuring the test, connecting the TestPad to
an access element on the circuit, allowing the TestPad to establish a
link, starting the test, and then viewing test results.

Step 1:
Configuring a test

Before you start a test, you need to configure the test and if necessary,
specify link initialization parameters.
To configure a test
1 Select the port for the test you are configuring.
2 On the Application Button bar, select the mode, rate and protocol,
and application for the test you want to perform (for example
TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic).

3 To configure the test, select SETUP.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

A group of Quick Configuration buttons appears.

4 Select Summary to access the setup tabs.
The Summary tab appears with additional setup tabs for the test
you selected.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

NOTE:
Some setup tabs are available for every test, such as Summary and
Error. Other tabs only appear for a specific operating mode, rate, or
application.
5 Review the existing configuration on the Summary tab.
– If the existing configuration is correct, select OK to return to the
main window, and then proceed to step 8.
– If the configuration needs to be modified or you need to specify
link initialization parameters for an Ethernet test, proceed to
step 6.
6 Select the appropriate setup tabs and specify the parameters
required for the test.
– For details on Ethernet link initialization and test parameters,
refer to Chapter 5 “Ethernet Testing”.
– For details on Fibre Channel test parameters, refer to
Chapter 6 “Fibre Channel Testing”.
7 After you specify the parameters for the test configuration, select
OK to store the configuration and return to the main window.
8 If you are testing using a second port, repeat step 1 through
step 7.
The test is configured.

Step 2:
Connecting the
TestPad for
testing

After you configure a test (or tests), you are ready to connect the FST2802 to an access element (or elements) on the circuit.
When you connect the TestPad to perform 1G Ethernet,
1G Fibre Channel, and 2G Fibre Channel tests, the optical jacks of the
access element dictate the type of fiber cable you need to use to
connect to the TestPad. For example, if the access element has
1310nm (single mode) transmit and receive jacks, you must use a
single mode fiber cable to connect the TestPad to the access element.
The transmit and receive jacks of the GBIC on the TestPad are color
coded to allow you to quickly identify whether the interface provides
1310nm or 850nm capability. Optical fiber cables are also color coded
by wavelength. See Table 9.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Table 9

Short and Long wavelength jack and cable colors

Wavelength

GBIC Jacks

Fiber Cable

1310nm

blue

yellow

850nm

black or beige

orange

NOTE:
When performing Ethernet tests on most networks, we recommend
using two TestPads as end stations on the circuit, one at each end.
For some networks, it may be possible to use a hard loopback at
the far end of the network instead of a second TestPad. Consult
your network element specifications to determine if this is possible.

Connecting to a
splitter to monitor
1G/2G traffic

Using the FST-2802, you can monitor 1G and 2G traffic when the
network is in service using a splitter (see Figure 13).

Network Access
Element

Transport
Network

Splitter

Switch

TX RX
1 Gbps / 2 Gbps

10/100 Mbps

PORT 1

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 2

FST-2802

Figure 13 Monitoring traffic using a splitter

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

To connect the TestPad to a splitter
1 Using the correct cable for the splitter, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 RX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to
the TX jack of the splitter.
2 Optional. If you want to monitor traffic on Port 2, repeat step 1 for
the second port.

The TestPad is connected.
Connecting to
monitor 1G/2G traffic
in single port THRU
mode

You can also monitor 1G and 2G traffic on a circuit in THRU mode.
Figure 14 illustrates the connection for monitoring 1G Ethernet,
1G Fibre Channel, or 2G Fibre Channel traffic in THRU mode using a
single port.
Network Access
Element

Transport
Network

Switch

TX
RX
1 Gbps / 2 Gbps 10/100 Mbps

PORT 1
FST-2802

Figure 14 Monitoring 1G or 2G traffic in Single Port THRU
mode

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

NOTE:

When you configure a test to monitor 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, or 2G Fibre Channel traffic in single port THRU mode, you can
specify that the TestPad should transmit idle frames (the default), or
loop received frames back through the transmitter.
To monitor 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, or 2G Fibre Channel traffic in
single port THRU mode
1 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the RX
jack of the switch.
2 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the RX jack of the TestPad, and the other
end to the TX jack of the network access element.

The TestPad is connected.
Connecting to
monitor 1G/2G traffic
in dual port THRU
mode

If your FST-2802 has dual ports, you can monitor full duplex
1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, and 2G Fibre Channel traffic from
both directions in dual port THRU mode (see Figure 15 on page 100).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Network Access
Element

Transport
Network

Switch

10/100 Mbps

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 1

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 2

FST-2802

Figure 15 Monitoring 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, or
2G Fibre Channel traffic in dual port THRU mode
When you monitor traffic in dual port THRU mode, the application
configures the TestPad to pass traffic through from the Port 1 receiver
to the Port 2 transmitter, and the traffic from the Port 2 receiver to the
Port 1 transmitter.
To monitor 1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, or 2G Fibre Channel traffic in
dual port THRU mode
1 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the switch.
2 Using a second cable, connect one end of the cable to the Port 1
RX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the TX jack of the
switch.
3 Using the correct cable for the network element, connect one end
of the cable to the Port 2 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end
to the RX jack of the network element.
4 Using a second cable, connect one end of the cable to the Port 2
RX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the TX jack of the
network element.
100

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

The TestPad is connected.
Connecting to
monitor 10/100 traffic
in Thru mode

If your FST-2802 has dual ports, you can monitor bidirectional
10/100 Ethernet traffic in THRU mode. Both 10/100 ports are configured as MDI (medium dependent interface) ports; therefore, for some
applications, you may need to use a crossover cable on one of the
ports to convert it to MDI-X (medium dependent interface crossover).
Figure 16 illustrates the connection for monitoring 10/100 Ethernet
traffic in THRU mode.
Network Access
Element

Transport
Network

Switch

TX RX
1 Gbps / 2 Gbps

10/100 Mbps

PORT 1

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 2

FST-2802

Figure 16 Monitoring 10/100 Ethernet traffic in THRU mode
To monitor 10/100 Ethernet traffic in THRU mode
1 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 10/100 Mbps jack of the TestPad, and the other
end to the RX jack of the switch.
2 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the TX jack of the network access element,
and the other end to the Port 2 10/100 Mbps jack of the TestPad.

The TestPad is connected.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

101

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Connecting for
Ethernet Loopback
testing

Using two FST-2802s, you can generate and transmit Ethernet traffic
from one TestPad, and then loop the traffic back through a second
TestPad on the far end of the circuit. See Figure 17.

Location A
Access Element

Location B
Access Element

Transport
Netw ork

1Gbps /2Gbps

10/100Mbps

PORT 1

1Gbps /2Gbps
PORT 2

Near End FST-2802

1Gbps /2Gbps

10/100Mbps

PORT 1

1Gbps /2Gbps
PORT 2

Far end FST-2802 reverses source and destination
MAC addresses

Figure 17 Loopback test using two FST-2802s
To connect the TestPads for an Ethernet loopback test
1 Using the correct cable for the access element, connect one end
of the cable to the TX jack of the first TestPad, and the other end
to the RX jack of the access element.
2 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the access element to
the RX jack of the first TestPad.
3 On the far end of the circuit, connect one end of a cable to the TX
jack of the access element, and the other end to the RX jack of the
second TestPad.
4 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the second TestPad
to the RX jack of the access element.
5 Optional. If you want to perform a second loopback simultaneously using Port 2, repeat step 1 through step 4 for Port 2.

The TestPad is connected.
102

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Connecting for Fibre
Channel loopback
testing

If you are performing a Fibre Channel test on an unswitched network,
you can also loop traffic back through a hard loopback at the far end
of the circuit. See Figure 18.

Location A
Access Element

Location B
Access Element
Transport
Network

TX RX
1 Gbps / 2 Gbps

10/100 Mbps

PORT 1

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 2

FST-2802

Figure 18 Loopback test using a hard loopback
To connect the TestPad for a Fibre Channel loopback test
1 On the near end of the circuit, using the correct cable for the
access element, connect one end of the cable to the TX jack of the
TestPad, and the other end to the RX jack of the access element.
2 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the access element to
the RX jack of the first TestPad.
3 On the far end of the circuit, establish a hard loopback by
connecting a cable from the TX jack to the RX jack of the access
element.

The TestPad is connected.
Connecting for a dual
port loopback
connection

If you are testing a Fibre Channel circuit or an unswitched Ethernet
circuit using a FST-2802 with two ports, you can also perform a loopback using a single FST-2802 by implementing a hard loopback at the
far end of the circuit. See Figure 19.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

103

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

LINE CARD

Transport
Network

CPE

TX RX
1 Gbps / 2 Gbps

10/100 Mbps

PORT 1

1 Gbps / 2 Gbps
PORT 2

FST-2802

Figure 19 Dual port loopback connection
If you are testing a switched Ethernet circuit, you can implement a
loopback at the far end of the circuit using a single FST-2802 with two
ports.
To connect the TestPads for a dual port loopback test
1 Using the correct cable for the line card, connect one end of the
cable to the TX jack of the first port on the TestPad, and the other
end to the RX jack of the first port on the line card.
2 Using the correct cable for the line card, connect one end of the
cable to the RX jack of the first port on the TestPad, and the other
end to the TX jack of the first port on the line card.
3 Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the second port on the TestPad.
4 On the far end of the circuit, establish hard loopbacks from each
customer premise equipment back to the ports on the TestPad.

The TestPad is connected.
Connecting for
end-to-end testing

104

Using two FST-2802s, you can verify that a provisioned path will carry
traffic from one TestPad to a second TestPad on the far end of a circuit.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Location A
Access Element

Location B
Access Element

Transport
Netw ork

1Gbps /2Gbps

10/100Mbps

1Gbps /2Gbps

PORT 1

PORT 2
FST -2802
TX

1Gbps /2Gbps

10/100Mbps

1Gbps /2Gbps

PORT 1

PORT 2
FST -2802

Figure 20 End-to-end test
To connect the TestPads for an end-to-end test
1 Using the correct cable for the access element, connect one end
of the cable to the TX jack of the first TestPad, and the other end
to the RX jack of the access element.
2 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the access element to
the RX jack of the first TestPad.
3 On the far end of the circuit, connect one end of a cable to the TX
jack of the access element, and the other end to the RX jack of the
second TestPad.
4 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the second TestPad
to the RX jack of the access element.
5 Optional. If you want to perform a second end-to-end test simultaneously using Port 2, repeat step 1 through step 4 for Port 2.

The TestPad is connected.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

105

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running a test

Step 3: Starting a
test

After you configure a test, connect the TestPad to an access element
on the circuit, and allow the TestPad to establish a link (if you are
testing on an Ethernet circuit), you can start the test. Each time you
start a test, the TestPad clears existing alarms, and then starts the test.
To start a test, do one of the following

– Press the Restart key to start the test(s) on each active port.
– Select Tools > Restart Port 1 or Tools > Restart Port 2 to
start a test on a specific port.
– If you are running the GUI from a remote laptop or PC, select
Tools > Restart Both Ports, Tools > Restart Port 1, or
Tools > Restart Port 2.
The test starts.

Step 4: Viewing
test results

After you connect the TestPad to the circuit and receive a valid signal,
it automatically begins to accumulate results. To view the test results,
set the Result Group and Result Category for each pane. You may
want to do this before you connect the TestPad to the circuit.
To view test results
1 On the left results pane, set the Result Group to Port 1 or Port 2.

106

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Managing test configurations

2 On the left results pane, set the Result Category.

3 Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the right results pane.

You can now view results for two different ports and results categories
simultaneously. For result descriptions, refer to Chapter 7 “Test
Results”.

Managing test configurations
The TestPad allows you to define and store up to ten test configurations (setups) for each port. You can then use these test configurations
to run your most common tests.

Storing test
configurations

To store a test configuration
1 After you configure your test, select the Tools button, and then
select Store/Recall Setups.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

107

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Managing test configurations

The Saved Setups dialog box appears.

2 If your TestPad has two ports, select Port 1 or Port 2 to display
the existing configurations for the port.
3 Select the configuration to replace, and then select Replace.
4 Type the name of the configuration to be saved, and then select
OK.

The configuration now appears in the list and is stored.

Loading test
configurations

The TestPad allows you to load a stored test configuration.
To load a test configuration
1 Select Tools > Store/Recall Setups.

The Saved Setups dialog box appears.
2 If your TestPad has two ports, select Port 1 or Port 2 to display
the configurations for the port.
3 Select the configuration you want to load, and then select Load.
4 Select Exit.

108

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running test scripts

The test is set up using the configuration you selected.
NOTE:

If your TestPad has two ports, and you load a saved configuration
for a different protocol, the TestPad displays a message to inform
you that it will load the saved configuration onto both ports. For
example, if both ports on the TestPad are currently setup to test
Ethernet, and you load a saved Fibre Channel configuration onto
Port 1, the TestPad will also load the Fibre Channel configuration
onto Port 2.

Running test scripts
If you purchase and install the 2000-SCR automated test script option,
you can write test scripts using the Tcl/Tk scripting language to automate your testing processes.
NOTE:

Acterna does not provide Tcl/Tk support. For information on Tcl/Tk
scripting, refer to the web sites published by Scriptics.

Running a test
script

The AutoMATE option on the Tools Menu provides access to the File
Management screen, from which you can run your automated test
scripts.
To run a script
1 Select the Tools > AutoMATE.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

109

Chapter 4 Basic Testing
Running test scripts

The File Management screen appears.

2 Select the script you want to run.
3 Select Run.

The script begins to run.
NOTE:

You can also run the RFC 2544 script (developed by Acterna) to
automate Ethernet testing. See “Running the RFC 2544 script” on
page 165 for detailed information on the RFC 2544 script.

Viewing,
renaming, and
deleting script
and results print
files

110

You can view, delete, and rename test scripts and results print files
from the File Management screen. For detailed instructions on
managing files, see “Viewing, running, deleting, or renaming a file” on
page 75.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5

Ethernet Testing

5
This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for performing
Ethernet tests using the TestPad. Topics discussed in this chapter are
as follows:
– “About Ethernet testing” on page 112
– “Ethernet link initialization” on page 112
– “Ethernet traffic” on page 113
– “Out-of-service testing” on page 121
– “In-service testing” on page 174

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

111

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
About Ethernet testing

About Ethernet testing
Ethernet is a physical (layer 1) and data link (layer 2) technology.
When you perform Ethernet tests using the FST-2802, the TestPad
essentially operates as an Ethernet switch port on a circuit. Ethernet
switches are capable of interpreting Ethernet frames (data); therefore,
you can use the TestPad to ensure physical and data layer integrity by
transmitting and analyzing Ethernet frames.

Ethernet link initialization
Before you transmit and receive traffic (Ethernet frames) over a circuit,
you must initialize an Ethernet link. At a minimum, initializing a link with
a switch that doesn’t use auto-negotiation involves connecting a
TestPad or TestPads (which emulate Ethernet switch ports) to a circuit,
and allowing the TestPad(s) to transmit idle traffic.
Initializing a link with switches on the circuit that use auto-negotiation
involves turning auto-negotiation on the TestPad(s), specifying link
initialization parameters (see “Specifying link initialization parameters”
on page 123), and then connecting the TestPad(s) to the circuit. The
TestPad(s) and switches auto-negotiate their capabilities (see “Autonegotiation and flow control” on page 113), and then transmit idle
traffic over the circuit.
The link is considered active after idle traffic is transmitted. Table 10
illustrates the possible link status for each link partner when autonegotiation is on and off.

Table 10 Possible Link Status for Link Partners
Auto-Negotiation

112

Link Status

Switch A

Switch B

Switch A

Switch B

Off

Active

Off

Active

Inactive

Off

Inactive

Active

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

By default, auto-negotiation is turned off on the TestPad. If you turn
auto-negotiation on, you may need to change the default capabilities
before you connect the TestPad (or TestPads) to the circuit. You may
also turn flow control off and specify the speed and duplex settings for
10/100 traffic (see “Specifying link initialization parameters” on
page 123).

Auto-negotiation
and flow control

After you turn auto-negotiation on and connect a TestPad to a circuit,
the TestPad and the switches on the circuit that have auto-negotiation
on immediately “advertise” their capabilities to each other, and then
negotiate to the highest common capability. For example, Switch A
and B in Table 11 advertise and then negotiate to use the following
capabilities:

Table 11 Negotiated Capabilities of Switch A and Switch B
Capability

Switch A

Switch B

Negotiated Capability

Pause

Both Tx and Rx

Neither

Full Duplex

Yes

Half Duplex

Yes

NOTE:

By default, auto-negotiation is off on the FST-2802. If the Ethernet
devices on the circuit do not support auto-negotiation, leave autonegotiation off.

Ethernet traffic
After the TestPad and the Ethernet switch complete the auto-negotiation process, the Ethernet link is initialized, and the Link Active LED
illuminates on the TestPad. You can now use the FST-2802 to transmit
and analyze Ethernet traffic to verify that the circuit can support standard Ethernet frames.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

113

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

Before you start testing, you can optionally specify the traffic load type
for the traffic (see “Traffic loads” on page 117). You can also optionally
define profiles for the traffic which specify, at the field level, the characteristics of the transmitted and received frames (see “Traffic profiles”
on page 120).
Because the FST-2802 emulates an Ethernet switch port, for most
networks, we recommend using two TestPads as end stations on the
circuit (one TestPad at each end). For a detailed explanation of
Ethernet switching, see “Ethernet switching” on page 115.

Ethernet frame
formats

Ethernet frames are variable length frames ranging in size from 64 to
1518 bytes (excluding the preamble). When you configure tests for the
FST-2802, you specify one of two frame formats: DIX or 802.3.

DIX frames

Figure 21 illustrates the structure of a DIX frame. Overhead fields are
a fixed-length; the payload field can range in size from 46 to 1500
bytes.

# bytes:
8
Preamble

46-1500

Destination
Address

Source
Address

Type

Data (Payload)

FCS

Figure 21 Ethernet DIX frame
Each DIX frame is comprised of the following fields:
– Preamble/SFD. Data that allows the receiver to synchronize with
the incoming transmissions and locate the start of an Ethernet
frame. The SFD (Start of Frame Delimiter) indicates that the destination address of the frame is about to begin.
– Destination address. Address of the network element the frame
is being transmitted to.
– Source address. Address of the network element originating the
frame.
– Type. The type of Layer 3 protocol in the payload of the frame.

114

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

– Payload. The actual information being transmitted in the frame (all
other fields are considered overhead).
– FCS. Frame Check Sequence. A value calculated by the originating device and inserted into the frame. The receiving device
performs the same calculation, and compares its FCS value with
the FCS value in the frame. If the values don’t match (suggesting
the frame is errored), an FCS error is declared. Switching devices
will discard the frame.
802.3 frames

The FST-2802 can also transmit 802.3 frames (illustrated in Figure 28
on page 160). A Length field replaces the Type field of a DIX frame,
and simply indicates the length of the data payload in bytes.

VLAN tagged frames

If you purchase the VLAN Tagging option, you can transmit and
analyze virtual LAN (VLAN) tagged DIX or 802.3 frames, which include
an additional VLAN field. The VLAN field contains the protocol ID,
priority, and VLAN ID. In Ethernet, the protocol ID is fixed at 81-00
hexadecimal.
Figure 22 on page 115 illustrates the structure of a VLAN tagged
Ethernet frame.

# bytes:
8

Preamble

Destination
Address

Source
Address

4
VLAN
(protocol ID,
priority, VLAN ID)

Length/
Type

46-1500

Data (Payload)

FCS

Figure 22 Ethernet frame with VLAN tag

Ethernet
switching

In general, many out-of-service tests can be performed using a single
TestPad. The TestPad generates traffic, and using a hard loopback at
the far end of the circuit, the traffic is returned to the TestPad. The
TestPad then analyzes the traffic for integrity. In a switched (layer 2)
Ethernet network, this test methodology does not work because of the
way Ethernet switches handle traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

115

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

Before you transmit traffic for a test using a hard loopback, you
configure the outgoing traffic using a destination address that matches
the source address of the transmitting port on the TestPad so that all
traffic leaving the port returns to the port. When an Ethernet switch
receives a frame on Port A from a TestPad port with source address
00404D000001, the switch remembers that because traffic generated
from source address 00404D000001 comes in on Port A, all future
traffic with destination address 00404D000001 should also be
forwarded to Port A. However, if the switch then receives the frame
from Port B with a source address of 00404D000001, the switch
assumes that source address 00404D000001 comes in via Port A, and
therefore, the frame has already been received. The switch decides
the frame must be errored and discards the frame (see Figure 23 on
page 116).

Ethernet Sw itch

DA=00404D000001
SA=00404D000001

Discarded Frame
TX

10/100Mbps

1Gbps /2Gbps

PORT 1

PORT 2

If the switch receives a frame from B to A
with a destination address of
00404D000001, the switch discards the
frame.

TX RX

Ethernet Device

FST -2802
(MAC address 00404D000001)

Figure 23 Hard loopback on a network with Layer 2 switches
Due to this function of Ethernet switches, a second FST-2802 must be
used on the far end of the circuit instead of a hard loopback. The traffic
originating port on the TestPad (for example, source address
00404D000001) sends the frame with a source address of
00404D000001 to the far end TestPad port’s destination address (for
example, source address 00404D000002). Then, the TestPad on the
far end swaps the destination address and the source address,
ensuring the frame is returned to the originating TestPad port (see
Figure 24 on page 117).

116

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

Ethernet Sw itch

10/100Mbps

1Gbps /2Gbps

PORT 1

PORT 2
FST -2802
(MAC address 00404D000001)
TX

10/100Mbps

1Gbps /2Gbps
PORT 1

1Gbps /2Gbps
PORT 2

FST -2802
(MAC address 00404D00002)
F S T - 2 8 0 2 s w a p s t h e f r a m e ’s s o u r c e a n d d e s t i n a t io n a d d r e s s b e f o r e
looping t he f r am e bac k t o por t B .

DA=00404D000002 DA=00404D000001
SA=00404D000001 SA=00404D000002

Figure 24 Loopback application using two FST-2802s

Traffic loads

By default, the FST-2802 transmits traffic in a constant load. You can
also optionally transmit Ethernet and Fibre Channel traffic in a bursty
or ramp load by configuring the load on the Traffic tab (see “Configuring the traffic load” on page 128).
NOTE:

Constant, Bursty, and Ramped traffic loads do not apply when you
transmit ping packets or test patterns. When you configure the FST2802 to transmit ping traffic, you can send a single, multiple, or continuous stream of ping packets. When you configure the FST-2802
to transmit test patterns, the test patterns are transmitted continuously.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

117

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

Constant traffic

When the TestPad transmits a constant load of traffic, frames are
transmitted constantly at the bandwidth you specify when you
configure your test. See Figure 25.

Bandwidth
(configurable
either as %
or in Mbps)
Time

Figure 25 Constant traffic
When you setup a constant traffic load, you can specify the bandwidth
as a percentage of the line rate (%BW) or in total Mbps.
Bursty traffic

When the TestPad transmits bursty traffic, frames are transmitted at
100% bandwidth, followed by no frame transmissions for a specific
time interval. See Figure 26.
Gap between bursts

100%

Bandwidth
Time

Figure 26 Bursty traffic
When you configure bursty traffic, you can specify the burst bandwidth
as a percentage of the line rate, or by specifying the burst gap interval.
If you specify the burst bandwidth as a percentage of the line rate, and
then specify the number of frames per burst, the TestPad automatically
calculates the burst gap for you.
118

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

You can also specify the number of bursts (fixed or continuous) for
bursty traffic. The maximum number of fixed bursts is 65,535. If you
select a BERT pattern for the traffic payload (in the transmit profile),
you can specify the frame size (fixed or random).
Ramped traffic

When the TestPad transmits ramped traffic, frames are transmitted at
a user-specified percentage of bandwidth for a user-specified time
interval. After the time interval expires, the bandwidth is increased by
the percentage specified and the process is repeated. This allows you
to easily verify the maximum throughput of a link. See Figure 27.

Time step

Load step
Bandwidth

Time

Figure 27 Ramp traffic
For example, if you specify a time step of 10 seconds, and a load step
of 5% bandwidth, every ten seconds the TestPad will increase the
traffic by an additional 5% of the line rate.
You can also specify criteria to tell the TestPad to stop ramping if an
error (or errors) occur in a load step. For example, you can set up the
ramp load to stop ramping if a single errored frame or dropped frame
occurs during a load step. For Ethernet traffic, you can also set up the
ramp load to stop ramping traffic if a single pause frame occurs in a
load step. This allows you to determine the threshold at which errors
occur on a specific link.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

119

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Ethernet traffic

Traffic profiles

When you configure the FST-2802 to generate or monitor traffic, you
can specify the frame characteristics of the traffic by defining a
transmit or receive profile.
NOTE:

When you configure the FST-2802 to transmit ping packets or test
patterns, you do not need to define a profile.

Transmit profiles

When you set up the TestPad, you can optionally define up to three
transmit profiles to specify at the field level the characteristics of transmitted Ethernet frames such as the destination address for the traffic,
the frame format, and the frame length. Before you transmit Ethernet
traffic, you select the appropriate profile for your test.
Although the payload is not part of the transmit profile, you also specify
the payload for the frames on the Tx Profiles tab.
If you purchase the VLAN tagging option, you can setup the profile to
transmit tagged frames.
A fourth profile is available for loopback tests using two FST-2802’s.
When you perform a loopback test using the Loop Up button on the
traffic originating FST-2802, the destination address in the loopback
profile is populated automatically. See “Defining transmit profiles” on
page 136 for details on defining a transmit profile.

Receive profiles

120

Before you monitor, terminate, or loopback Ethernet traffic, you can
optionally define or select a receive profile to filter the traffic. You can
then view results for the filtered traffic on the Results Display in the
Filter Stats and Filter Counts result categories. See “Defining receive
profiles” on page 133 for details on defining a receive profile.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Out-of-service testing
Using the FST-2802, you can generate and analyze Ethernet traffic
when the network is out of service. To perform out-of-service tests,
you first establish connectivity, and then transmit Ethernet traffic
(generated from a TestPad) over a circuit.
NOTE:

Bandwidth transmission is accurate within ±2% if the frame size is
≤120 bytes or the utilization is ≥80%. Otherwise, bandwidth transmission is accurate within ±1%.

Establishing
connectivity

Establishing connectivity involves connecting a TestPad (or TestPads)
to an access element on a circuit. If an Ethernet device is on the circuit,
and the TestPad is set up for auto-negotiation, the TestPad and the
device automatically go through the auto-negotiation process (see
“Auto-negotiation and flow control” on page 113). After auto-negotiation is complete, an Ethernet link is established, and idle traffic is transmitted over the circuit.
To establish connectivity
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you are establishing
connectivity for; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications for the port:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 3 PING
– THRU > 10/100 Ethernet
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Patterns
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 3 PING
– THRU > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
– THRU > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– THRU > 1G IP Over Ethernet

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

121

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 If you need to turn auto-negotiation on, change the default capabilities, turn flow control off, or specify 10/100 Ethernet speed or
duplex settings, specify the link initialization parameters (see
“Specifying link initialization parameters” on page 123).

– If you want to establish connectivity for a second port, select
the port, and then repeat step 2 and step 3.
NOTE:

Auto-negotiation must be off when you transmit patterns; therefore,
the TestPad automatically turns Auto-Negotiation off when you configure a pattern test.
4 Using the correct cable for the access element, connect one end
of the cable to the TX jack of the first TestPad, and the other end
to the RX jack of the access element.

– If you are establishing connectivity for a second port, repeat
this step for the second port.
5 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the access element to
the RX jack of the first TestPad.

– If you are establishing connectivity for a second port, repeat
this step for the second port.
6 If you are establishing connectivity for a 1G Ethernet test, verify
that a signal is present by checking the SIGNAL LED on the front
panel for each active port. If the LED is illuminated, a signal is
present.
7 If another Ethernet device is on the circuit, verify that the TestPad
has obtained synchronization by checking the SYNC LED for each
active port. If the LED is illuminated, the TestPad has obtained
synchronization.
8 If you are establishing connectivity for a 1G Ethernet test, select
Laser OFF to turn the laser on for the currently selected port. The
Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.

– If you are establishing connectivity for a second port, select the
other port, and then select Laser OFF to turn the laser on for
the second port.
9 If you turned auto-negotiation on, allow the TestPad and the
access element to auto-negotiate their capabilities for each active
port.

122

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

10 Verify that the link is established for each active port by checking
the LINK ACTIVE LED on the front panel. If the LED is illuminated,
the link is established for the port.

Specifying link
initialization
parameters

When you specify link initialization parameters, you can:
– Turn flow control off to ignore pause frames sent to the TestPad by
devices at the far end of a circuit.
– Specify the speed and duplex settings for 10/100 Ethernet traffic.
– Turn auto-negotiation on to tell the TestPad to negotiate its capabilities with another switch before transmitting idle traffic. If you
need to validate the auto-negotiation capabilities of the switch you
are negotiating with, you can change each of the TestPad’s default
capabilities.
NOTE:

The FST-2802 does not support auto-negotiation when testing 1G
Ethernet on copper links. If you insert a copper GBIC into the TestPad while auto-negotiation is on, a message appears informing you
that auto-negotiation is not supported.
To specify link initialization parameters
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you are specifying
parameters for; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications for the port:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 3 PING
– THRU > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Patterns
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 3 PING

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

123

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 Select SETUP > Link Init.

NOTE:

The Speed and Duplex parameters only appear on the Link Init tab
when you configure a link for 10/100 Ethernet traffic.
4 If you are configuring the link for 10/100 Ethernet, do the following:
To…

Do this…

Turn auto-negotiation on

–
–

124

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Under AutoNeg, select On. The
AutoNeg button appears.
By default, the TestPad advertises
it is capable of transmitting and
receiving Full and Half duplex traffic for both 100 Base Tx and 10
Base T. If you need to change the
default capabilities, select
AutoNeg. A dialog box with autonegotiation capabilities appears.
Select the capabilities for 100
Base Tx and 10 Base T.
Proceed to step 7.

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To…

Do this…

Turn auto-negotiation off

–
–
–

Turn flow control off

Under AutoNeg, select Off.
Specify the speed (10 or 100) and
duplex (Half or Full) settings.
Proceed to step 7.

Under Flow Control, select Off.

5 If you are configuring the link for 1G Ethernet, do the following:
To…

Do this…

Turn auto-negotiation on

–
–

–

Under AutoNeg, select On. The
AutoNeg button appears.
By default, the TestPad advertises
it is capable of transmitting and
interpreting received pause
frames, and it advertises both full
and half-duplex transmission. If
you need to change the default
capabilities, select AutoNeg. A
dialog box with auto-negotiation
capabilities appears.
Proceed to step 6.

Turn auto-negotiation off

Under AutoNeg, select Off.

Turn flow control off

Under Flow Control, select Off.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

125

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

6 If you turned auto-negotiation on and selected AutoNeg in step 5,
a window appears listing the 1G Ethernet auto-negotiation capabilities.

If you need to change the default settings, do one or more of the
following:

126

To…

Select…

Change FDX
capability

Yes: If you select Yes, the TestPad will support
full-duplex (bi-directional) transmission. Yes is
the default FDX capable setting.
No: If you select No, the TestPad will not support
full-duplex transmission.

Change HDX
capability

Yes: If you select Yes, the TestPad will advertise
half-duplex transmission. Yes is the default HDX
capable setting.
No: If you select No, the TestPad will not advertise half-duplex transmission.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To…

Select…

Change pause
capability

Neither: If you select Neither, the TestPad will
advertise it is not capable of transmitting or
receiving (interpreting) pause frames.
Both: If you select Both, the TestPad will advertise a capability to transmit and receive (interpret) pause frames. Both is the default pause
capable setting.
Tx Only: If you select Tx Only, the TestPad will
advertise it is capable of transmitting pause
frames, but it is not capable of receiving (interpreting) pause frames.
Rx Only: If you select Rx Only, the TestPad will
advertise it is capable of receiving (interpreting)
pause frames, but it is not capable of transmitting pause frames.

7 Select OK to return to the main window.
8 Optional. If you want to specify link initialization parameters for a
second port, select the port, and then repeat step 2 through
step 7.

The link initialization parameters are defined.

Troubleshooting
1G connectivity

The inside green LEDs for SIGNAL, SYNC, and LINK ACTIVE illuminate sequentially when the TestPad detects a signal, obtains synchronization, and then recognizes a link is active. All three LEDs must
illuminate to indicate you have established connectivity.
Table 12 lists symptoms and potential issues with devices on the
circuit which prevent the link from being established.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

127

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Table 12 Troubleshooting 1G connectivity
Symptom…

Potential issues…

SIGNAL does not illuminate

–

SIGNAL illuminates, but
SYNC does not illuminate

–
–

SIGNAL and SYNC illuminate, but LINK ACTIVE
does not illuminate

–
–

–

Configuring the
traffic load

The access device transmitter is off or
faulty. Verify the optical power level
coming into the device from the network.
The GBIC is not properly seated. Verify
that the “GBIC detected” result appears
in the Summary result category. If “Not
Detected” appears, reseat the GBIC.
The far end TestPad is not connected
to the circuit.
The near end element on the network
side has a faulty receiver, or the far end
element on the network side has a
faulty transmitter.
The far end TestPad is not acquiring
synchronization.
The far end TestPad is acquiring synchronization; however, there is a problem with auto-negotiation. Verify that
auto-negotiation is turned ON on both
devices with at least one common
capability or OFF on both devices.
You have configured the TestPad(s) for
an Unframed (Layer 1) BERT test. The
LINK ACTIVE LED does not illuminate
when performing this test.

By default, the FST-2802 transmits a constant load of traffic at 100%.
You can optionally configure the FST-2802 to transmit a different
constant load, or bursty or ramped traffic. See “Traffic loads” on
page 117 for a detailed description of each load type.
NOTE:

You do not need to configure the traffic load for ping, 1G pattern, or
BER pattern tests; the FST-2802 automatically configures the traffic
load for you.

128

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To configure the traffic load
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you are configuring
the traffic load for; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Traffic.

4 Under Load Type, select one of the following:
To transmit

Select

A constant load of traffic

Const, and then proceed to step 5 on
page 130.

A bursty load of traffic

Bursty, and then proceed to step 6 on
page 131.

A ramped load of traffic

Ramp, and then proceed to step 7 on
page 132.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

129

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 If you selected Const in step 4, you can specify the bandwidth as
a percentage of the line rate, or in Mbps.

To configure a constant load, do the following:
a Under Load Unit, select %BW to specify the bandwidth as a
percentage of the line rate, or Mbps to specify the bandwidth in
total Mbps.
b In Const Load, type the percentage or Mbps.
c Proceed to step 8 on page 133.

130

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

6 If you selected Bursty in step 4, you can specify the burst bandwidth as a percentage of the line rate, or by specifying the burst
gap interval.

To configure a bursty load, under Burst Config, do the following:
a Select one of the following:
To…

Select…

Specify the gap between
bursts

Burst Gap, and then do the
following:
– Select the time interval
(sec, msec, usec, or nsec)
– Type the gap and burst
times in the corresponding
fields.

Specify the load as a percentage of the bandwidth

%BW, and then type the load
and frames per burst (up to
16,500,000) in the corresponding fields.

b If you are transmitting a BERT pattern in the payload of the
frames, under Frame Size, select Fixed or Random.
c Under No of Bursts, select Fixed, and then specify the fixed
number of bursts (up to 65,535), or select Continuous.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

131

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

d Proceed to step 8 on page 133.
7 If you selected Ramp in step 4, you must specify a percentage of
bandwidth and a time interval for each step in the ramp.

To specify the ramp traffic parameters, do the following:
a In Time Step (sec), type the number of seconds to transmit
each step in the ramp.
b In Load Step (%BW), type the percentage of bandwidth to
transmit for each step in the ramp.
c Optional. If you want to stop the load from ramping when a
specific number of errored frames, pause frames (for Ethernet
tests only), or dropped frames occur in a step, under Stop Load
Increment, select the corresponding option, and then type the
number of frames in a step which will stop the ramp.

The TestPad will continue to transmit traffic when the ramp
stops; however, the traffic bandwidth will not be incremented. A
message will appear in the message display to let you know the
ramp was halted.

132

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

NOTE:

If you select Dropped Frames as the trigger, you must loop up the
far-end FST-2802 to receive valid results. If you do not loop up the
far-end FST-2802, and you select the Dropped Frames trigger, the
ramp will stop soon after it starts because the near-end FST-2802
will compare the number of frames transmitted to the number of
frames received to determine whether frames were dropped. In
other words, the ramp will stop because the test is not configured
properly; not because elements in the network dropped the frames.
d Proceed to step 8 on page 133.
8 Select OK to return to the main window, or select another tab to
continue configuring your test.
9 Optional. If you want to configure the traffic load for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 8.

The traffic load is configured.

Defining receive
profiles

Defining a receive profile involves selecting the profile to define, and
then specifying the characteristics of the frames you want to monitor.
You can define up to four receive profiles on the Rx Profiles setup tab.
To define a receive profile
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the profile; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– THRU > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic (dual port units
only)
– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– MON > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– THRU > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic (dual port units only)
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

133

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 Select SETUP > Rx Profiles.

4 If you are filtering traffic with a BERT pattern in the payload, under
Rx Payload, select Tx = Rx to monitor traffic with the same BERT
pattern specified in the Transmit (Tx) profile, or select a BERT
pattern for the filter.
5 Under Settings, in Profiles, select the profile you want to define.

134

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

6 Specify the frame characteristics for the traffic filtered using the
profile.
In…

Do this…

DA Type

–

Frame

If you want to monitor frames sent to a single destination address and network
device, select Unicast, and then type the
destination address in Dest Address
using a 6 byte hexadecimal format.
If you want to monitor frames sent to a single destination address which then distributes the frames to multiple network
devices, each with its own destination
address, select Multicast, and then specify the destination address using a 6 byte
hexadecimal format.
If you want to monitor frames sent to all
network devices on the link, select Broadcast.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their destination address type,
select Don’t Care.
If you want to monitor frames sent from a
specific source address, select Yes, and
then type the source address in Source
Address using a 6 byte hexadecimal format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their source address, select Don’t
Care.

–

If you want to monitor DIX frames, select
DIX, and then specify the DIX protocol
using a 2 byte hexadecimal format.
– If you want to monitor 802.3 frames, select
802.3, and then specify the data length.
– If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their format, select Don’t Care.
NOTE: If you purchased the VLAN Tagging
option, you must select Tagged or NonTagged for the VLAN Tag filter to specify a
frame type for the Frame filter.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

135

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

In…

Do this…

VLAN Tag

–

If you want to monitor tagged frames,
select Tagged, and then specify the VLAN
ID and User Priority using a decimal format. If you want to monitor all VLAN
tagged frames regardless of their User Priority, select Don’t Care as the User Priority filter value.
– If you want to monitor non-tagged frames,
select Non-Tagged.
– If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their tagged status, select Don’t
Care. If you select Don’t Care, the TestPad
automatically sets the frame type for the
profile to Don’t Care.
NOTE: The VLAN Tag field only appears if you
purchased the VLAN Tagging option for the
FST-2802.

7 Select OK.
8 Optional. If you want to define a receive profile for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 7.

The profile is stored and the main window appears.

Defining transmit
profiles

Defining a transmit profile involves selecting the profile to define, and
then specifying the characteristics for each frame the TestPad transmits using the profile. Although the frame payload is not part of the
profile, you also select the type of payload to transmit (Acterna or
BERT) on the Tx Profiles tab.
To define a transmit profile
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the profile; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic

136

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 Select SETUP > Tx Profiles.

4 Under Payload, select one of the following:

– Acterna. To transmit frames with a time stamp and sequence
number, select Acterna. You must select an Acterna payload
to measure round trip delay and count lost frames.
– BERT Pattern. To populate the payload by repeating a specific
BER pattern, select BERT Pattern, and then select 2^23-1, Inv
2^23-1, 2^31-1, Inv 2^31-1, ALL ONES, ALL ZEROS, or
USER DEFINED. If you selected USER DEFINED, type the
user defined BER pattern using a 4 byte hexadecimal format.
You must select the BERT Pattern payload to perform BER
testing on a switched (layer 2) network (see “BER testing on
switched (layer 2) networks” on page 146).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

137

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Under Settings, in Profiles, select the profile you want to define,
and then specify the frame characteristics for the traffic transmitted using the profile.

138

In…

Do this…

DA Type

Select the type of transmission for the frames
transmitted using the profile:
– Unicast (to a single destination address
and network device)
– Multicast (to a single destination address
which then distributes the frames to multiple network devices, each with its own
destination address)
– Broadcast (to all network devices on the
link)

Dest Address

Type the destination address for Unicast or
Multicast transmissions. Enter the destination
address in a 6 byte hexadecimal format. No
destination address is required for Broadcast
transmissions.

Frame

Select the frame format (802.3 or DIX). The
default format is DIX.

Protocol

Type the protocol ID for the data in the frames
using a 2 byte hexadecimal format.
NOTE: When transmitting Acterna payload
frames, the EtherType is automatically set to
x0800 and cannot be changed.

VLAN Tag

–

If you want to transmit tagged frames,
select Tagged, and then specify the VLAN
ID and User Priority using a decimal format.
– If you want to transmit non-tagged frames,
select Non-Tagged.
NOTE: The VLAN Tag field only appears if
you purchased the VLAN Tagging option for
the FST-2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

In…

Do this…

Length

Select the frame length by selecting the arrow
to the right of the field to display a drop-down
menu of lengths appears. The default length
is 64 bytes. You can select:
– An RFC 2544 recommended length (64,
128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, or 1518).
– User Defined, and then specify a length
ranging from 64 to 1518 bytes (or 64 to
1522 bytes for VLAN tagged frames).
– Jumbo Frame, and then specify a length
ranging from 1519 to 10,000 bytes (or
1523 to 10,000 bytes for VLAN tagged
frames).

6 Select OK.
7 Optional. If you want to define a transmit profile for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 6.

The profile is stored and the main window appears.

End-to-end testing

End-to-end testing allows you to verify that a provisioned path will
carry Ethernet traffic generated from one TestPad to a second TestPad
on the far end of a circuit. See Figure 20 on page 105 for an illustration
of end-to-end testing.
When you perform an end-to-end test on a switched (layer 2) Ethernet
network, you must specify the far end TestPad port’s source address
as the destination address for traffic generated by the first TestPad,
and you must specify the first TestPad port’s source address as the
destination address for traffic generated by the far end TestPad.
NOTE:

You can easily determine the factory-assigned (default) source
address and the user-assigned source address for a TestPad port
by displaying the Summary tab. The addresses appear in the
Default Source Address and User Source Address fields.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

139

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

In a point-to-point unswitched (layer 1) network, you do not have to
specify the source address and destination addresses for the TestPad
ports.
To perform an end-to-end test
1 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 121), and then do one of the following.

– If you are performing the test on a switched Ethernet network,
proceed to step 2.
– If you are performing the test on an unswitched point-to-point
network, proceed to step 5 on page 142.
2 Select SETUP > Tx Profiles.

3 Under Payload, select one of the following:

– Acterna. To transmit frames with a time stamp and sequence
number, select Acterna. You must select an Acterna payload
to measure round trip delay.
– BERT Pattern. To populate the payload by repeating a specific
BER pattern, select BERT Pattern, and then select the pattern
to transmit in the payload.

140

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

4 Select or define a profile:
To…

Do this…

Use an existing profile

Under Selections, select the profile.

with the source
address of the TestPad port on the far
end as the destination address for the
traffic.
Define a profile with the

–

far end TestPad port’s
source address as
the destination
address for the traffic.

–

Under Settings, select the profile to
define from the Profiles field.
In Dest Address, select the arrow to
the right of the field to display a keypad. Using the keypad, type the
source address of the TestPad port on
the far end, and then select OK to
enter the address in the field.
Be sure Unicast is selected as the
address type for the profile.

For additional information on frame profiles, see “Defining transmit
profiles” on page 136.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

141

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Do one of the following to configure the traffic load:

– If you specified or defined a transmit profile in step 4, select
Traffic, and then configure the load (see “Configuring the
traffic load” on page 128).
– If you didn’t specify or define a transmit profile (because you
are performing the test on an unswitched point-to-point
network), select SETUP > Traffic, and then configure the load.

6 Select OK to return to the main window.

– If you are performing an end-to-end test using a second port,
repeat steps step 1 through step 6 for the second port before
proceeding to step 7.
7 On the TestPad on the far end of the circuit, do the following:

– If you are performing the test on a switched Ethernet network,
repeat step 2 through step 6.
– If you are performing the test on an unswitched point-to-point
network, repeat step 5 and step 6.
8 If you are transmitting 1G Ethernet traffic, for each active port on
both TestPads, turn the laser on by selecting the Laser OFF
button.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
9 For each active port on both TestPads, select Start Traffic to
transmit traffic over the circuit.
142

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

10 View and verify results for each transmitting port on the Results
Display of the receiving TestPad.

BER testing on
unswitched
(layer 1) networks

If you are testing on an unswitched 1G Ethernet network, when you
perform an end-to-end test, you can transmit BER patterns in the bit
stream to determine the ratio of erroneous bits to the total bits
received.
NOTE:

The FST-2802 does not support Layer 1 BER testing of 1G Ethernet
on copper links. If you insert a copper GBIC into the TestPad when
it is configured for a Layer 1 BER test, a message appears informing you that Layer 2 BER testing is not supported.
To perform BER test on an unswitched network
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the profile; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
– THRU > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT (dual port units only)
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
3 Select SETUP > Pattern.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

143

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

The Pattern tab appears.

4 Select one of the following patterns:
To…

144

Select…

–
–

Test random jitter at a BER of 10-12
Test asymmetry of transition times

HFPAT

–
–

Test low frequency random jitter
Test PLL tracking errors

LFPAT

Test random and deterministic jitter (combined)

MFPAT

Emulate a worst case scenario for deterministic
jitter

RDPAT

Stress timing margins in the received eye by
exposing the data sampling circuits to large
systematic phase jumps

JTPAT

Emulate a worse case scenario for power supply noise within network transceivers

SNPAT

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Optional. If you want to insert bit errors or code violations into the
bit stream, select the Error tab, and then do the following:
To…

Select…

Setup the TestPad to allow you
to insert BIT errors into the bit
stream

BIT.
– If you want the TestPad to
beep each time it receives a
bit error (or errors), under
Beep On Error, select ON.
– If you want to insert a rate of
bit errors, select Rate, and
then select the error rate.

Setup the TestPad to allow you
to insert code violations into the
bit stream

Code Violations.
– If you want the TestPad to
beep each time it receives
code violation (or violations),
under Beep On Error, select
ON.
– If you want to insert a rate of
code violations, select Rate,
and then select the rate.

6 Select OK to return to the main window.

– If you want to perform a BER test from a second port, select
the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 6 for the second
port.
7 For each active port, establish connectivity (see “Establishing
connectivity” on page 121).
8 If you are performing the BERT in single port THRU mode (using
the MON application button), for each active port on the far end
TestPad, select Connect RX to TX.
9 For each active port, start the traffic using the Start BERT Pattern
button.
10 For each active port, verify that the Pattern Sync LED is illuminated in the LED result category.
11 Optional. To insert bit errors or code violations into the bit stream,
for each active port, select the Bit Error or CV Error button.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

145

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

12 Verify the Error Stats: Bit Errors and Bit Error Rate results for each
active port on a Results Display.

BER testing on
switched (layer 2)
networks

If you are testing on a switched Ethernet network, when you perform
an end-to-end test you can transmit BER patterns in the frame payload
to determine the ratio of erroneous bits to the total bits received.
To transmit a BER pattern on a switched network
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port for the test; otherwise,
proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Rx Profiles, and then define the receive profile
for the traffic you want to BERT (see “Defining receive profiles” on
page 133).
4 Select the Tx Profiles tab, and then do the following:
a Under Payload, select Bert Pattern.
b Select 2^23-1, Inv 2^23-1, 2^31-1, Inv 2^31-1, ALL ONES,
ALL ZEROS, or USER DEFINED. If you selected USER
DEFINED, type the user defined BER pattern using a 4 byte,
hexadecimal format.
5 Optional. If you want to insert a framed bit error into the traffic,
select the Error tab, and then do the following:
a Select Framed Bit.
b If you want the TestPad to beep each time it receives a framed
bit (or bits), under Beep On Error, select ON.
c If you want to insert a rate of framed bits, select Rate, and then
select the error rate.
6 Select OK to return to the main window.
7 Optional. If you want to transmit a BER pattern from the second
port, select the second port, and then repeat step 4 through
step 6.
146

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

8 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 121).
9 For each active port, select Start BERT Pattern to transmit the
pattern over the circuit.
10 For each active port, verify that the FRAME LED is illuminated.
11 Optional. To insert one or more framed bits into the traffic, for each
active port, select the Framed Bit Error button.
12 For each active port, verify the Error Stats: Bit Errors and Bit Error
Rate results on a Results Display.
NOTE:

When performing a BERT on a switched (layer 2) network, Bit
Errors and Bit Error Rate results may indicate one or more physical
layer (layer 1) bit errors.

Measuring service
disruption time

When you perform an end-to-end test, you can measure the service
disruption time resulting from a switch in service to a protect line.
To measure service disruption time
1 Setup and configure an end-to-end test (see “End-to-end testing”
on page 139).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

147

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

2 On the far end FST-2802, select SETUP > Traffic.

3 Configure the traffic load (see “Configuring the traffic load” on
page 128). When measuring service disruption time, we recommend transmitting a constant load at 100 percent by specifying the
following parameters:
a Load Type: Const
b Load Unit: %BW
c Const Load: 100
4 Select OK to return to the main window.
5 If you are transmitting 1G Ethernet traffic, turn the laser on by
selecting the Laser OFF button.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
6 Select Start Traffic to transmit traffic over the circuit.
7 On the near end FST-2802, clear the service disruption time by
selecting the Reset Svc Disruption action button.
8 Initiate the switch to the protect line.
9 Optional. If you want to measure service disruption time from a
second port, select the port, and then repeat step 1 through
step 8.

148

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

10 For each active port, verify the Link Stats: Svc Disruption (ms)
result on a Results Display.

Transmitting
patterns

Using the FST-2802, you can stress the jitter and noise characteristics
of Gigabit Ethernet components and systems by transmitting continuous random test patterns (CRPAT), continuous jitter test patterns
(CJPAT), and the compliant supply noise pattern (CSPAT). To transmit
a pattern, you select the pattern on the Pattern tab, and then you
establish connectivity to an Ethernet link. Finally, you transmit the
pattern over the link.
NOTE:

These patterns are designed to test physical layer networks. By definition, these framed patterns populate the Ethernet header with
invalid address information; therefore, these frames will not traverse
a layer 2, switched network.
For the same reason, if the pattern frames are transmitted to a farend TestPad that is looped-up, the far-end TestPad tries to swap the
source address and destination address for the pattern frames (see
the discussion of “Ethernet switching” on page 115). As a result, the
patterns received by the near-end TestPad are modified, and the
results are not valid. Therefore, you must run pattern tests using an
end-to-end configuration at all times.
To transmit a pattern
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port for the test; otherwise,
proceed to step 2.
2 On the application button bar, select TERM > 1G Ethernet >
Layer 2 Patterns.
3 Select SETUP > Summary to display the setup tabs, and then
select Pattern.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

149

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

The Pattern tab appears.

4 Select a pattern:
To…

Select…

Emulate a worst case scenario for deterministic jitter by transmitting frames with
a broad spectral content.

CRPAT

Stress the timing margins in the received
eye by exposing the data sampling circuits to large systematic phase jumps.

CJPAT

Emulate a worse case scenario for power
supply noise within network transceivers.

CSPAT

5 Select OK to return to the main window.
6 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 121). The TestPad automatically turns auto-negotiation off
when you select a pattern test.
7 Turn the laser on by selecting the Laser OFF button.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
8 Select Start Pattern to transmit the pattern over the circuit.

150

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

9 Optional. If you want to transmit patterns from a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 8.
10 For each active port, verify results on the Results Display of the
TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following Pattern Stats results:

– Transmitted Frames
– Received Frames
– FCS Errored Frames

Loopback testing

Loopback testing allows you to generate and transmit Ethernet traffic
from one TestPad, and then loop the traffic back through a second
TestPad on the far end of a circuit. See Figure 24 on page 117 for an
illustration of Ethernet Loopback testing.

Using the Line
Loopback feature

You can manually perform a line loopback in a switched Ethernet
network by specifying the source address of the TestPad port on the
far end as the first TestPad port’s destination address (when you
define or select the loopback profile), and then selecting the LLB
button on the far end TestPad to loop frames back to the originating
TestPad.
In a point-to-point unswitched network, you do not have to specify the
destination address for the far end TestPad port.
To manually perform a line loopback
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the loopback test;
otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 121).
3 Do one of the following:

– If you are performing the loopback on a point-to-point network,
proceed to step 5.
– If you are performing the loopback on a switched Ethernet
network, on the transmitting TestPad, configure the traffic for
each active port (see step 2 through step 6 of “End-to-end
testing” on page 139).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

151

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

NOTE:

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
5 On the far end TestPad, select LLB OFF to put the TestPad into
loopback mode.

The LLB OFF button changes to LLB ON.

6 On the transmitting TestPad, select Start Traffic to transmit traffic
over the circuit to the TestPad on the far end.

When the far end TestPad receives the traffic, it will swap the
destination address and source address of every frame it receives
before looping the frames back to the transmitting TestPad.
152

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

7 Optional. If you want to perform a line loopback from the second
port, select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 6.
8 Verify results for each active port on the Results Display of the
transmitting TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following results:

– Link Stats: Total Util%, Avg, Total Util %, Cur, and Total Util %
Peak.
– Error Stats: All results are 0.
WARNING:

The TestPad allows you to change setup parameters while testing
in loopback mode. Be aware that certain changes may bring down
the link.

Using the Automatic
Loopback feature

You can perform an automatic loopback by selecting the Loop Up
button on the traffic generating TestPad. A confirmation message from
the TestPad on the far end appears in the message display of the first
TestPad informing you that the far end TestPad is in loopback mode.
The destination address in the loopback profile for the first TestPad is
also automatically populated with the source address of the TestPad
on the far end.
When you configure TestPads for an automatic loopback test, you can
optionally specify text identifiers for each TestPad (for example, “Joe’s
2802” and “Sam’s 2802”). When the TestPads send confirmation
messages to each other indicating the status of the loopback, the
message will identify each TestPad using the text identifier.
NOTE:

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

153

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To perform an automatic loopback
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the loopback test;
otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 121).
3 Do one of the following:

– If you are performing the loopback on a point-to-point network,
proceed to step 4.
– If you are performing the loopback on a switched Ethernet
network, on the transmitting TestPad, configure the traffic for
the test (see step 3 through step 6 of “End-to-end testing” on
page 139), and then proceed to step 4.
NOTE:

If you want to filter the traffic looped back to the near end TestPad,
the parameters you specify in the transmit profile for the near end
TestPad must match the parameters specified in the receive profile
for the far end TestPad.
For example, if you want to loop back VLAN tagged frames for a
specific VLAN ID and User Priority, the same VLAN ID and User
Priority must be specified in both profiles.
If you want to loop back all frames, select Don’t Care for each of
the receive profile parameters.
4 Optional. If you want to provide an identifier in the confirmation
messages sent between TestPads, for each TestPad, do the
following:
a Select SETUP > Summary to display the setup tabs.
b Select ID to display the ID tab, and then select Edit to display a
keypad.
c Using up to ten characters, type the identifier for the TestPad,
and then select OK to store the identifier and return to the ID
tab.
d Select OK to return to the main window.
5 On the traffic generating TestPad, select Loop Up to put the
receiving TestPad on the far end into loopback mode.

154

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

A confirmation message from the TestPad on the far end appears
in the message display of the first TestPad informing you that the
far end TestPad is in loopback mode. The destination address
field of the loopback profile is automatically updated with the
source address of the far end TestPad.
6 If you are performing a line loopback for 1G Ethernet, on the traffic
generating TestPad, turn the laser on by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7 On the traffic generating TestPad, select Start Traffic to transmit
traffic over the circuit to the TestPad on the far end.

When the far end TestPad receives the traffic, it will swap the
destination address and source address of every frame it receives
before looping the frames back to the traffic generating TestPad.
8 Optional. If you want to perform a loopback from the second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 7.
9 Verify results for each active port on the Results Display of the
traffic generating TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following
results:

– Link Stats: Total Util%, Avg, Total Util %, Cur, and Total Util %
Peak.
– Error Stats: All results are 0.
10 When the test is complete, for each active port, select Loop Down
to take the receiving port on the far end TestPad out of loopback
mode.

A confirmation message from the TestPad on the far end appears
in the message display of the first TestPad informing you that the
port on the far end TestPad is out of loopback mode.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

155

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Inserting an FCS
error

You can insert an FCS error when you perform end-to-end and loopback tests.
NOTE:

For 1G testing, if you insert an FCS error on an unswitched point-topoint network using two FST-2802s, and you want to receive the
FCS back at the originating TestPad, put the TestPad on the far end
of the circuit in Monitor mode, and then select the Set Rx to Tx button to transmit received traffic back to the originating TestPad.
To insert an FCS error
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the error insertion; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Summary to display the setup tabs, and then
select Error.

156

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

4 To specify the error parameters, do the following:
To…

Do this…

Specify that the TestPad
should beep whenever
an FCS error occurs

Under Beep on Error, select ON.

Insert a single FCS
error

Select SINGLE.

Insert a burst of FCS
errors

Select BURST.
A BURST (Qty) field appears.
– Select the arrow to the right of the
BURST (Qty) field to display a keypad.
– Using the keypad, type the number of
FCS errors to insert in the burst.

5 Select OK to store the error parameters and return to the main
window.
6 If you are inserting an FCS error into 1G traffic, turn the laser on
by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7

Select Start Traffic to transmit traffic over the circuit.

8 Select the FCS Error action button to insert the error or burst of
errors.
9 Optional. If you want to insert errors from the second port, select
Port 2, and then repeat step 3 through step 8.

The error is inserted into the traffic and is handled as follows:
– For end-to-end applications, the error is transmitted to the TestPad
on the far end of the circuit.
– For loopback applications using a hard loopback, the error is typically looped back to the TestPad. Consult your network element
documentation to determine if the network element drops errored
traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

157

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

– For loopback applications using a second TestPad in loopback
mode on the far end of the circuit, the far end TestPad drops each
frame with a FCS error. The dropped FCS error (or errors) is interpreted by the near end TestPad as a single out-of-sequence
(OOS) frame, and each individual error is counted as a lost frame.
See “Ethernet switching” on page 115 for an explanation of how
the FST-2802 handles Ethernet frames in a switched network.

Measuring round
trip delay

When you perform loopback tests, you can measure round trip delay
by transmitting an Acterna payload with frames of an RFC 2544
recommended length. The Acterna payload carries frames with time
stamps, enabling the FST-2802 to calculate the round drip delay.
NOTE:

When you measure round trip delay, you must implement a loopback on the far end of the circuit, and then transmit and receive an
Acterna payload with test frames from a FST-2802 on the near end
of the circuit. If you do not use a loopback and transmit an Acterna
payload with frames of an RFC 2544 length, the test results will be
invalid.
To measure round trip delay
1 Setup and configure a loopback test (see “Loopback testing” on
page 151).
2 On the near end TestPad, select SETUP > Tx Profiles, and then
do the following:

– Under Payload, select Acterna. The Acterna payload transmits
frames with a time stamp and sequence number. You must
select an Acterna payload to measure round trip delay.
– In Length, select an RFC recommended length (64, 128, 256,
512, 1024, 1280, or 1518).
3 Select OK to return to the main window.
4 If you are measuring round trip delay for 1G Ethernet traffic, select
Laser OFF to turn the laser on.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
5 Select Start Traffic to transmit traffic over the circuit.

158

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

6 Optional. If you want to measure round trip delay from a second
port, select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 5.
7 For each active port, verify results on the Results Display of the
transmitting TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following Link Stats
results:

– Delay, Max (us)
– Delay, Min (us)
– Delay, Avg (us)

Ping testing

Using the FST-2802, you can verify connectivity with another layer 3
or IP device by sending ping request packets to the device. The device
then responds to the ping request with a ping reply (if the device is
responsive), or with another message indicating the reason no ping
reply was sent.
Ping testing tells you if the destination device is responsive, how long
it took the ping packet to travel to the destination device and back to
the FST-2802, and if ping packets were dropped or lost along the way.
The FST-2802 handles ping packets as follows:
– Successful ping requests. If a ping request is successful, an
Echo Reply message appears in the message display of the
user interface.
– Unsuccessful ping requests. If a ping request is unsuccessful,
an error message appears in the message display of the user
interface.
– Fragmented ping responses. If the FST-2802 sends a ping
request and then receives a fragmented response to the request,
the ping is considered successful if the first fragment is received
without an error. The remaining fragments are discarded.
– Fragmented ping requests. If the FST-2802 receives a fragmented ping request, it responds with a ping response equal in
length to the first fragment of the request.
– Ping packets with header options. If the FST-2802 receives a
ping packet with options in the header, the packet is discarded.
– Multiple or continuous ping packets. If you configure the FST2802 to transmit multiple or continuous ping packets, the packets
are sent at a rate of one packet per second.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

159

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

– Lost ping packets. If the FST-2802 does not receive a response
to a ping packet within 3 seconds, the packet is considered lost.
To send ping packets to an Ethernet device
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the test; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 10/100 Ethernet > Layer 3 PING
– TERM > 1G Ethernet > Layer 3 PING
3 Establish a link (see “Establishing connectivity” on page 121).
4 Select SETUP > Framing, and then specify the following:
a In Frame Type, select DIX, 802.3 w/LLC, or 802.3 w/LLC and
SNAP.

Figure 21 on page 114 illustrates a standard DIX frame.
Figure 28 on page 160 illustrates an 802.3 frame with LLC and
SNAP.
# bytes:
8
Preamble

Destination Source
Address
Address

Length

LLC

5
SNAP

38-1492
Ping Packet

4
FCS

Figure 28 Ethernet 802.3 frame with LLC and SNAP
The frame type you select dictates the allowable ping packet
size you can specify in step 5 on page 161.
b Optional. If you want to transmit VLAN tagged ping packets, in
VLAN Tagging, select Tagged, and then specify the VLAN ID
and User Priority for the packets.

160

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Select the PING tab.

Specify the following ping packet parameters:
a In IP Address to PING, type the IP address of the device you
are verifying connectivity to.
b In Ping Packet Size, select one of the following:
To…

Select…

Define packets which
fit within a standard
Ethernet frame

User defined, and then type the packet
length. Allowable packet lengths for
each frame type are:
– DIX: 46 - 1500 bytes
– 802.3 w/LLC: 43 - 1497 bytes
– 802.3 w/LLC and SNAP: 38 - 1492
bytes

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

161

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To…

Select…

Define packets which
fit in Jumbo frames

Jumbo Frame, and then type the
packet length. Allowable packet lengths
for each frame type are:
– DIX: 1501 - 9982 bytes
– 802.3 w/LLC: 1498 - 9979 bytes
– 802.3 w/LLC and SNAP: 1493 9974 bytes
NOTE: Some routers do not support

Jumbo frames; others might require
provisioning to support Jumbo
frames. Consult the provisioning documentation for your specific router to
determine whether your router can
support Jumbo frames.
c Under Network Connection, specify the following addresses:

162

In…

Specify…

Default Gateway

The address for the router through which
ping traffic will be sent if the destination
for the traffic is outside of the local subnet.

IP Source Address

The FST-2802’s static IP source
address.

Subnet Mask

The subnet mask address for the traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

d Optional. If you want to specify the time to live (TTL) or type of
service (TOS), or if you want to set the fragmentation flag for
the traffic, select Advanced to display the Ping Advanced
Settings dialog box, and then proceed to step 6; otherwise,
proceed to step 8.

Do one or all of the following:
To…

Do this…

Specify the time after which a
fragmented ping request or
response can be deleted by any
device on a circuit

In Time to Live (TTL), type the
number of seconds. The default
time to live setting is 64 hops.

Transmit ping packets which
may be fragmented

In Don’t Fragment Flag, select
May Fragment.

Specify the type of service for
the ping packets

In Type of Service (ToS), type
the type of service value.

7 Select OK to return to the PING tab.
8 Select the Traffic tab, and then choose one of the following:
To…

Choose…

Send a single ping
packet

SINGLE. Single is the default value.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

163

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

To…

Choose…

Send a fixed number of
ping packets

MULTIPLE, and then type the number of
packets. The default number of packets
is 4; the maximum number of packets is
1024.

Send a continuous
stream of ping packets

CONTINUOUS

NOTE:

The FST-2802 sends multiple and continuous pings at a rate of 1
ping per second.
9 Select OK to return to the main window.
10 If you are transmitting ping packets for a 1G test, turn the laser on
by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
11 Select the PING action button to transmit one or more ping
packets with an Echo Request.
12 Check the message display to verify the response message.

– If the ping was successful, an Echo Reply message appears.
– If the ping was unsuccessful, one of the following messages
appears:
Type

Code

Destination Unreachable

Network Unreachable

Host Unreachable

Fragmentation Needed

Echo Request

164

Message

Time Exceeded

TTL Exceeded During Transit

TTL Exceeded During Reassembly

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

13 Optional. If you want to send ping packets from a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 12.
14 At a minimum, verify the following test results for each active port
on the Results Display:

– Ping Stats
– Error Stats (for FCS Errored Frames)

Running the RFC
2544 script

Using the FST-2802, you can run a script which automates the test
procedures recommended in RFC 2544. The script prompts you to
select key parameters for throughput, latency, frame loss rate, and
back to back frame tests, runs the tests, and then automatically generates a text file of results for the tests.
When you run the RFC 2544 script, the script automatically configures
the FST-2802 to transmit an Acterna payload using the loop profile
with DIX frames and no VLAN tagging. If you want to transmit 802.3 or
VLAN-tagged frames, you must specify these settings in the loop
profile before running the script.

Running the script
from the TestPad

To run the RFC 2544 script
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the script; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using two FST-2802’s, establish connectivity (see “Establishing
connectivity” on page 121).
3 If you want to transmit 802.3 or tagged frames, select SETUP > Tx
Profiles, and then proceed to step 4; otherwise, proceed to
step 5.
4 To transmit 802.3 or tagged frames, do the following:
a Under Selections, select LP.
b If you want to transmit 802.3 frames, in Frame, select 802.3.
c If you want to transmit tagged frames, select Tagged, and then
specify the VLAN ID and User Priority.
d Select OK to return to the main window.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

165

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 If you are running the script with 1G Ethernet traffic, turn the laser
on by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
6 Verify that the LINK ACTIVE LED is illuminated on the LED display
panel.
7 Select the RFC 2544 button, and then wait for the RFC 2544 Test
Configuration dialog box to appear. Depending on the number of
processes you have running on the TestPad, it may take several
seconds for the dialog box to appear.

8 Do one of the following:
If…

Select…

An existing configuration
meets your test requirements

–

166

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

The test configuration, and then
choose Run. A screen appears
which displays the status of key
events for the test script.
Proceed to step 14.

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

If…

Select…

You want to modify the
parameters for an existing configuration

The script configuration you want to
modify, and then choose Modify. The
Configuration Name dialog box appears.
Select OK to accept the existing name
and display a dialog box listing the existing parameters for the configuration.
Proceed to step 9.

You want to create a new
script configuration

New. The Configuration Name dialog
box appears. Type a name for the new
configuration, and then select OK to display a dialog box which provides instructions on navigating through the script.
Proceed to step 10.

9 If you selected Modify in step 8, review the existing parameters for
the script configuration, and then do one of the following:

– To run the script using the existing parameters, select Start.
Proceed to step 13.
– To modify the parameters, select Next.
The RFC 2544 Test Setup Info dialog box appears, providing
instructions on how to navigate through the test script. Proceed
to step 10.
10 Select Next.

The Frame Lengths to Test dialog box appears. Select the frame
lengths to test using the script.
11 Select Next.

The Test Options dialog box appears. Select the tests you want
the script to run.
NOTE:

If you want to run the Latency test, you must also run the Throughput test.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

167

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

12 Use Next to navigate through a series of dialog boxes which allow
you to specify parameters for the tests you selected.
To test…

Specify…

Throughput

–

the trial duration (in seconds)

Latency

–

the trial duration (in seconds)

Frame Loss

–
–

the trial duration (in seconds)
the bandwidth granularity (as a percentage)

Back to Back Frames

–
–
–

the number of trials
the burst granularity
the maximum trial time

13 After you specify the final test parameter, select Next to run the
script.

A screen appears which displays the status of key events for the
test script.
NOTE:

You can stop the test script at any time by selecting Abort Script.
14 When the script is complete, the Save As dialog box appears,
allowing you to save the test results to a text file. The default path
for the text file is:
Acterna\Files\FST-2802
15 Type the file name, specify the path for the text file, and then
select Close.

A final dialog box appears showing the end of the script text.
16 Select Close to close the dialog box and return to the main
screen.
17 Optional. If you want to run the script from a second port, select
the second port, and then repeat step 2 through step 16.

The test script is complete.

168

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Running the script
from a Remote GUI
session

When you run the RFC 2544 script from a Remote GUI session, you
must use the Windows Task Manager to run the script.
To run the RFC 2544 script from a Remote GUI session
1 Run the Remote GUI from your laptop or PC (see “Running the
Remote GUI” on page 70).
2 Follow step 2 through step 6 of “Running the script from the
TestPad” on page 165.
3 On the main screen of the FST-2802 user interface, select
RFC 2544, and then immediately select Send Ctrl-Alt-Del. See
Figure 29.
Send Ctrl-Alt-Del button
RFC 2544 button

Figure 29 RFC 2544 and Send Ctrl-Alt-Del buttons
NOTE:

You can also send the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence using your VNC
application. For details, refer to the support documents and mailing
lists published on the VNC web site.
The Windows Security dialog box appears. See Figure 30.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

169

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Task Manager
button

Figure 30 Windows Security dialog box

4 Immediately select the Task Manager button.

The Windows Task Manager dialog box appears briefly (see
Figure 31 on page 171).

170

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Figure 31 Windows Task Manager dialog box
NOTE:

Do not end, switch, or start a new task. The Task Manager will automatically display the RFC 2544 Test Configuration dialog box.
5 Wait for the RFC 2544 Test Configuration dialog box to appear.
See Figure 32 on page 172.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

171

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

Figure 32 RFC 2544 Test Configuration dialog box
6 Follow step 8 through step 15 of “Running the script from the
TestPad” on page 165 to run the script.
7 Select Close to close the final scripting dialog box and return to
the Windows Task Manager.
8 Close the Windows Task Manager.

The test script is complete.

Assigning a
source address to
a TestPad port

A factory-assigned source (MAC) address is assigned to each
TestPad port before shipment. A second, user-specified source
address is available for each port which allows you to use the FST2802 to emulate another device by assigning the device’s source
address to a port on the TestPad. After you assign another device’s
source address to a port, you can verify that the device’s source
address passes through the network and returns to the TestPad port
by transmitting traffic from the port with the device’s source address.

172

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
Out-of-service testing

NOTE:

Assigning a user-specified source address to a port does not
change the port’s factory-assigned source address.
To assign a user-specified source address
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you want to assign a
source address to; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Select SETUP > Summary.
3 Select the ID tab.

Do the following:
– Select User Source Address.
– Type the address.
4 Select OK to return to the main window.

The source address is assigned.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

173

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

In-service testing
Using the FST-2802, you can monitor Ethernet traffic when the
network is in service. To perform in-service tests, you simply connect
the TestPad to a network device on the circuit, and then monitor the
Ethernet traffic on the circuit.

Monitoring 1G
traffic using a
splitter

You can monitor 1G Ethernet traffic on a circuit by connecting the
TestPad to a splitter (see Figure 13 on page 97).
To monitor Ethernet traffic using a splitter
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you want to monitor
traffic on; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 On the application button bar, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Ethernet > Layer 1 BERT
– MON > 1G Ethernet > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Using the correct cable for the splitter, connect one end of the
cable to the RX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the TX
jack of the splitter.
4 Optional. If you want to monitor traffic from a second port, select
the port, and then repeat step 3.
5 For each active port, verify the Error Stats results on the Results
Display.

Monitoring 1G
Ethernet traffic in
single port THRU
mode

If you have a single port configuration, you can monitor 1G Ethernet
traffic in THRU mode (see Figure 14 on page 98). By default, the
TestPad transmits idle frames when you monitor traffic in single port
THRU mode. You can optionally specify that the TestPad should loop
the frames received to the transmitter when you configure the test.
To monitor 1G Ethernet traffic in single port THRU mode
1 On the application button bar, select MON > 1G Ethernet >
Layer 2 Traffic.

174

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

2 If you want to loop the frames received through to the transmitter
(instead of transmitting idle frames), select the Connect RX to TX
button.
3 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the RX
jack of the switch.
4 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the RX jack of the TestPad, and the other
end to the TX jack of the network access element.
5 Verify the Error Stats results on the Results Display.

Monitoring 1G
Ethernet traffic in
dual port THRU
mode

If you have a dual port configuration, you can monitor full duplex 1G
Ethernet traffic from both directions in THRU mode (see Figure 14 on
page 98). When you monitor 1G Ethernet traffic in THRU mode, the
TestPad routes all traffic received on Port 1 to the transmit jack on Port
2, and all traffic received on Port 1 to the transmit jack on Port 1.
To monitor 1G Ethernet traffic in dual port THRU mode
1 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the switch.
2 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the Port 1 RX jack of the TestPad, and the
other end to the TX jack of the network access element.
3 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 2 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the switch.
4 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the Port 2 RX jack of the TestPad, and the
other end to the TX jack of the network access element.
5 For each port, do the following:
a Select the port.
b On the application button bar, select THRU > 1G Ethernet >
Layer 1 BERT or Layer 2 Traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

175

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

c If you selected the Unframed BERT application, select
SETUP > Pattern, and then choose the BERT pattern for the
traffic you are monitoring.
6 Select Laser OFF to turn the laser on for both ports. The Laser
OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7 Verify the Error Stats results for each active port.
NOTE:

Monitoring IP
addresses on
1G Ethernet traffic

If you purchase the Layer 2 IP Address Filter option, you can monitor
1G Ethernet traffic to view layer 2 statistics for specific IP addresses.
In addition to the layer 2 statistics, the TestPad displays an IP
Checksum Errors result in the Error Stats category which indicates
whether IP checksum errors are detected within an IP packet.
To monitor IP addresses on 1G Ethernet traffic
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port; otherwise, proceed to
step 2.
2 On the application button bar, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G IP Over Ethernet
– THRU > 1G IP Over Ethernet (dual port units only)
3 Connect the TestPad to the circuit.
4 In the left result pane, select the IP List category, and then select
the Refresh IP List button.

The first eight IP addresses detected appear on buttons in the
result pane.

176

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

5 To view results for a specific IP address, select the button with the
IP address in the left result pane, and then display one of the
following result categories in the right result pane:

– Filter Stats
– Filter Counts
– Error Stats
6 To view the next eight IP addresses, select the Refresh IP List
button.

Monitoring 10/100
traffic in dual port
THRU mode

If your FST-2802 has a dual port configuration, you can monitor
10/100 Ethernet traffic in THRU mode (see Figure 16 on page 101).
When you monitor 10/100 traffic in dual port THRU mode, each port
on the TestPad auto-negotiates with its link partner. Therefore, you
may need to specify link initialization parameters before establishing
the link and monitoring traffic.
NOTE:

The FST-2802 does not pass Jumbo frames when monitoring
10/100 traffic in THRU mode. Frames ranging from 64 to 1518
bytes are supported.
To monitor 10/100 Ethernet traffic in THRU mode
1 On the application button bar, select THRU > 10/100 Ethernet >
Layer 2 Traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

177

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

2 If the TestPad is establishing links with switches that support autonegotiation, select SETUP > Link Init; otherwise, proceed to
step 4.

3 To turn auto-negotiation on and specify the link initialization
parameters, do the following:
a Under AutoNeg, select On. The AutoNeg button appears.
b By default, the TestPad advertises it is capable of transmitting
and receiving Full and Half duplex traffic for both 100 Base Tx
and 10 Base T. If you need to change the default capabilities,
select AutoNeg. A dialog box with auto-negotiation capabilities
appears.
c Select the capabilities for 100 Base Tx and 10 Base T.
d By default, flow control is on. If you want to turn it off, under
Flow Control, select Off.
e Select OK to store the link auto-negotiation parameters and
return to the main screen.
4 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 10/100 Mbps jack of the TestPad, and the other
end to the RX jack of the switch.

178

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

5 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the TX jack of the network access element,
and the other end to the Port 2 10/100 Mbps jack of the TestPad.
NOTE:

When testing 10/100 Ethernet in THRU mode, both 10/100 ports
are configured as medium dependent interfaces (MDI). Depending
on your test application, you may need to use a cross-over cable to
convert one of the ports to a medium dependent interface crossover (MDI-X) port.
6 Verify the Error Stats results.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

179

Chapter 5 Ethernet Testing
In-service testing

180

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6

Fibre Channel Testing

6
This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for performing Fibre
Channel tests using the TestPad. Topics discussed in this chapter are
as follows:
– “About Fibre Channel testing” on page 182
– “Link initialization” on page 182
– “Fibre Channel traffic” on page 182
– “Out-of-service testing” on page 185
– “In-service testing” on page 215

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

181

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
About Fibre Channel testing

About Fibre Channel testing
Using the FST-2802, you can turn up and troubleshoot Fibre Channel
services on point-to-point unswitched networks. The FST-2802
enables you to verify connectivity, measure throughput, and verify that
quality of service statistics conform to those specified in a customer’s
Service Level Agreement. If you purchased the Dual Port configuration, you can verify two Fibre Channel interfaces simultaneously using
a single FST-2802.

Link initialization
Before you transmit and receive traffic (Fibre Channel frames) over a
circuit, you must initialize a Fibre Channel link. Initializing a link
involves connecting a TestPad or TestPads to a circuit, and then
allowing the TestPad(s) to transmit idle traffic. The link is considered
active after idle traffic is transmitted and the LINK ACTIVE LED illuminates on the LED display panel.

Fibre Channel traffic
After the Fibre Channel link is initialized you can use the FST-2802 to
transmit and analyze Fibre Channel traffic. Before you start testing,
you can optionally specify the traffic load type for the traffic (see
“Traffic loads” on page 184). You can also optionally define profiles for
the traffic which specify, at the field level, the characteristics of the
transmitted and received frames (see “Traffic profiles” on page 184).

Fibre Channel
frame format

182

Fibre Channel frames are variable length frames ranging in size from
28 bytes (24 byte header plus a 4 byte CRC with no payload) to 2076
bytes, excluding the Start of Frame delimiter, optional headers, and the
End of Frame delimiter.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Fibre Channel traffic

Acterna test packet (ATP) frames require an additional eight bytes for
the IEEE 802.3 LLC/SNAP header, 20 bytes for the IP header, and 20
bytes for the Test Frame information (such as the sequence number
and time stamp); therefore, when you transmit an Acterna payload, the
ATP frames are always at least 76 bytes long.
Frames with a BERT payload require an additional 4 bytes; therefore,
when you transmit frames with a BERT payload, the frames are always
at least 32 bytes long.
When you define a transmit profile for your test, you can configure the
header fields listed in Figure 33. Overhead fields are a fixed-length;
the payload field can range in size from zero to 2048 bytes.

Header
(Destination ID, Source ID, Sequence ID,
Originator Exchange ID, Responder Exchange ID

# bytes:

Data (Payload)

0 - 2048

CRC
4

Figure 33 Fibre Channel frame
Each Fibre Channel frame is comprised of the following fields:
– Destination Identifier. Address of the N_port the frame is being
transmitted to.
– Source Identifier. Address of the N_port transmitting the frame.
– Sequence Identifier. Identifier for each sequence of traffic. The
FST-2802 transmits a single, unidirectional sequence of traffic
from each active port; therefore, this number is the same for each
transmitted frame. You can assign a sequence identifier for all
frames transmitted from a port when you define a transmit profile.
– Originator Exchange Identifier. Identifier of the N_Port which
originated an Exchange.
– Responder Exchange Identifier. Identifier of the N_Port to which
an Exchange originator wishes to communicate.
– Payload. The actual information being transmitted in the frame (all
other fields are considered overhead).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

183

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Fibre Channel traffic

– CRC. Cyclic Redundancy Check. A value calculated by the originating device and inserted into the frame. The receiving device
performs the same calculation, and compares its CRC value with
the CRC value in the frame. If the values don’t match (suggesting
the frame is errored), a CRC error is declared.

Traffic loads

By default, the FST-2802 transmits traffic in a constant load. You can
also optionally transmit Fibre Channel traffic in a bursty or ramp load
by configuring the load on the Traffic tab before transmitting the traffic.
For a detailed description and illustrations of each load type, see
“Traffic loads” on page 117 of Chapter 5 “Ethernet Testing”. For stepby step instructions on configuring a traffic load, see “Configuring the
traffic load” on page 188.
NOTE:

Constant, Bursty, and Ramped traffic loads do not apply when you
transmit test patterns or unframed BERT patterns. When you configure the FST-2802 to transmit patterns, the patterns are transmitted continuously.

Traffic profiles

When you configure the FST-2802 to generate, monitor, or loopback
traffic, you can specify the frame characteristics of the traffic by
defining a transmit or receive profile.
NOTE:

When you configure the FST-2802 to transmit test patterns or
unframed BERT patterns, you do not need to define a transmit profile.

Transmit profiles

When you set up the TestPad, you can optionally define up to three
transmit profiles to specify at the field level the characteristics of transmitted Fibre Channel frames such as the destination ID for the traffic
and the frame length. Before you transmit Fibre Channel traffic, you
select the appropriate profile for your test.
Although the payload is not part of the transmit profile, you also specify
the payload for the frames on the Tx Profiles tab.

184

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

A fourth profile is available for loopback tests using two FST-2802’s on
an unswitched (layer 1) network. When you perform a loopback test
using the Loop Up button on the traffic originating FST-2802, the destination ID in the loopback profile is populated automatically. See
“Defining transmit profiles” on page 194 for details on defining a
transmit profile.
Receive profiles

Before you monitor or terminate Fibre Channel traffic, you can optionally define or select a receive profile to filter the traffic. You can then
view results for the filtered traffic on the Results Display in the Filter
Stats and Filter Counts result categories. See “Defining receive
profiles” on page 192 for details on defining a receive profile.

Out-of-service testing
Using the FST-2802, you can generate and analyze Fibre Channel
traffic when the network is out of service. To perform out-of-service
tests, you first establish connectivity, and then transmit Fibre Channel
traffic (generated from a TestPad) over a circuit.
NOTE:

A resolution of 1% can only be achieved using frames ≥368 bytes.
This is because the TestPad inserts IDLE’s (4 bytes) to control
bandwidth as follows:
IDLE (4 bytes) / Overhead (32 bytes) + Frame (368 bytes) = 1%
The resolution declines as the frame size decreases, with a worse
case scenario of 6.7% at 28 bytes.

Establishing
connectivity

Establishing connectivity involves connecting a TestPad (or TestPads)
to an access element on a circuit, allowing the TestPad(s) to transmit
idle traffic, and then verifying that the LINK ACTIVE LED illuminates.
To establish connectivity
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you are establishing
connectivity for; otherwise, proceed to step 2.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

185

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Patterns
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Patterns
3 If you establishing connectivity for a second port, select the
second port, and then repeat step 2; otherwise, proceed to step 4.
4 Using the correct cable for the access element, connect one end
of the cable to the TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the access element.

– If you are establishing connectivity for a second port, repeat
this step for the second port.
5 Connect a second cable from the TX jack of the access element to
the RX jack of the TestPad.

– If you are establishing connectivity for a second port, repeat
this step for the second port.
6 For each active port, verify that a signal is present by checking the
SIGNAL LED on the front panel. If the LED is illuminated, a signal
is present.
7 If another Fibre Channel device is on the circuit, verify that the
TestPad has obtained synchronization by checking the SYNC LED
(for each active port). If the LED is illuminated, the TestPad has
obtained synchronization.
8 For each active port, turn the laser on using the Laser OFF
button. The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
9 For each active port, verify that the link is established by checking
the LINK ACTIVE LED on the front panel. If the LED is illuminated,
the link is established for the port.

186

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

Troubleshooting
connectivity

The inside green LEDs for SIGNAL, SYNC, and LINK ACTIVE illuminate sequentially when the TestPad detects a signal, obtains synchronization, and then recognizes a link is active. All three LEDs must
illuminate to indicate you have established connectivity.
Table 13 lists symptoms that indicate a link has not been established
and potential issues with devices on the circuit which prevent the link
from being established.

Table 13 Troubleshooting connectivity
Symptom…

Potential issues…

SIGNAL does not illuminate

–

SIGNAL illuminates, but
SYNC does not illuminate

–
–

–

SIGNAL and SYNC illuminate, but LINK ACTIVE
does not illuminate

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

–
–

The access device transmitter is off or
faulty. Verify the optical power level
coming into the device from the network.
The GBIC is not properly seated. Verify
that the “GBIC detected” result appears
in the Summary result category. If “Not
Detected” appears, reseat the GBIC.
The far end TestPad is not connected
to the circuit.
The near end element on the network
side has a faulty receiver, or the far end
element on the network side has a
faulty transmitter.
The near end and far end devices are
configured for different rates (1G and
2G Fibre Channel).
The far end TestPad is not acquiring
synchronization.
You have configured the TestPad(s) for
an Unframed (Layer 1) BERT test. The
LINK ACTIVE LED does not illuminate
when performing this test.

Revision A

187

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

Configuring the
traffic load

By default, the FST-2802 transmits a constant load of traffic at 100%.
You can optionally configure the FST-2802 to transmit a different
constant load, or bursty or ramped traffic. See “Traffic loads” on
page 117 of Chapter 5 “Ethernet Testing” for a detailed description of
each load type.
NOTE:

You do not need to configure the traffic load for 1G pattern,
2G pattern, or BER pattern tests; the FST-2802 automatically configures the traffic load for you.
To configure the traffic load
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port you are configuring
the traffic load for; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Traffic.

188

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

4 Under Load Type, select one of the following:
To transmit

Select

A constant load of traffic

Const, and then proceed to step 5 on
page 189.

A bursty load of traffic

Bursty, and then proceed to step 6 on
page 190.

A ramped load of traffic

Ramp, and then proceed to step 7 on
page 191.

5 If you selected Const in step 4, you can specify the bandwidth as a
percentage of the line rate, or in Mbps.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

189

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

6 If you selected Bursty in step 4, you can specify the burst bandwidth as a percentage of the line rate, or by specifying the burst
gap interval.

To configure a bursty load, under Burst Config, do the following:
a Select one of the following:
To…

Select…

Specify the gap between
bursts

Burst Gap, and then do the
following:
– Select the time interval
(sec, msec, usec, or nsec)
– Type the gap and burst
times in the corresponding
fields.

Specify the load as a percentage of the bandwidth

%BW, and then type the load
and frames per burst (up to
16,500,000) in the corresponding fields.

b Under No of Bursts, select Fixed, and then specify the fixed
number of bursts (up to 65,535), or select Continuous.
c Proceed to step 8 on page 192.

190

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

7 If you selected Ramp in step 4, you must specify a percentage of
bandwidth and a time interval for each step in the ramp.

To specify the ramp traffic parameters, do the following:
a In Time Step (sec), type the number of seconds to transmit
each step in the ramp.
b In Load Step (%BW), type the percentage of bandwidth to
transmit for each step in the ramp.
c Optional. If you want to stop the load from ramping when
errored frames or dropped frames occur, under Stop Load
Increment, select the corresponding option, and then type the
number of frames which will stop the ramp.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

191

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

NOTE:

If you select Dropped Frames as the trigger, you must loop up the
far-end FST-2802 to receive valid results. If you do not loop up the
far-end FST-2802, and you select the Dropped Frames trigger, the
ramp will stop soon after it starts because the near-end FST-2802
will compare the number of frames transmitted to the number of
frames received to determine whether frames were dropped. In
other words, the ramp will stop because the test is not configured
properly; not because elements in the network dropped the frames.
d Proceed to step 8 on page 192.
8 Select OK to return to the main window, or select another tab to
continue configuring your test.
9 Optional. If you want to configure the traffic load for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 8.

The traffic load is configured.

Defining receive
profiles

192

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 Select SETUP > Rx Profiles.

Do this…

Des ID Filter

–

–
Src ID Filter

–

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

If you want to monitor frames sent to a
specific port, select Yes, and then type the
destination ID in Destination ID using a 3
byte format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their destination, select Don’t Care.
If you want to monitor frames sent from a
specific port, select Yes, and then type the
source ID in Source ID using a 3 byte format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their source, select Don’t Care.

Revision A

193

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

In…

Do this…

Data Filter

–

–
Seq Filter

–

–
Routing Filter

–

If you want to monitor frames of a specific
data type, select Yes, and then type the
code representing the type in Data Type
using a 1 byte format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their data type, select Don’t Care.
If you want to monitor frames in a specific
sequence, select Yes, and then type the
sequence count in Sequence Cnt using a
2 byte, hexadecimal format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of sequence, select Don’t Care.
If you want to monitor frames with the
same routing control code, select Yes, and
then type the code in Routing Ctrl using a
1 byte format.
If you want to monitor all frames regardless of their routing control code, select
Don’t Care.

7 Select OK.
8 Optional. If you want to define a receive profile for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 7.

The profile is stored and the main window appears.

Defining transmit
profiles

194

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Tx Profiles.

4 If you want to transmit frames without a payload, proceed to
step 5. If you want to transmit an Acterna payload or BERT
pattern, under Payload, select one of the following:

– Acterna. To transmit frames with a time stamp and sequence
number, select Acterna. You must select an Acterna payload
to measure round trip delay and count lost frames.
– BERT Pattern. If you want to perform a BER test on a
switched (layer 2) network, select BER Pattern to populate the
payload by repeating a specific BER pattern, and then select
the BER pattern to transmit in the payload.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

195

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Under Settings, in Profiles, select the profile you want to define,
and then specify the frame characteristics for the traffic transmitted using the profile.
In…

Do this…

Destination ID

Type the destination ID of the port the frames
will be transmitted to using a 3 byte format.

Originator ID

Type the originator exchange ID for the
frames using a 2 byte hexadecimal format.

Length

Select the arrow to the right of the field to display a drop-down menu of field lengths. The
default length is 512 bytes. You can select:
– 28 (no payload), 76, 512, 1024, 1536, or
2076 for Acterna payloads.
– 28 (no payload), 32, 512, 1024, 1536, or
2076 for BERT payloads.
– User Defined, and then specify a length
ranging from 28 to 2076 bytes for BERT
payloads, or 76 to 2076 bytes for an
Acterna payload.
NOTE: If you select a 28 byte (no payload)
frame length for an Acterna payload, no
results associated with a payload will be available since no payload is transmitted in the
frames.

Sequence ID

Type the sequence ID for the frames using a
2 byte hexadecimal format.

Source ID

Type the source ID for the port transmitting
the frames using a 3 byte format.

Responder ID

Type the responder ID for the frames using a
2 byte hexadecimal format.

6 Select OK.
7 Optional. If you want to define a transmit profile for a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 3 through step 6.

The profile is stored and the main window appears.

196

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

End-to-end testing

End-to-end testing allows you to verify that a provisioned path will
carry Fibre Channel traffic generated from one TestPad to a second
TestPad on the far end of a circuit (see Figure 20 on page 105).
To perform an end-to-end test
1 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 185), and then do one of the following.

– If you are performing the test on a switched (layer 2) Fibre
Channel network, proceed to step 2.
– If you are performing the test on an unswitched (layer 1) pointto-point network, proceed to step 5 on page 199.
2 Select SETUP > Tx Profiles.

3 Under Payload, select one of the following:

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

197

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

4 Select or define a profile:
To…

Do this…

Select an existing profile with the source ID

Under Selections, select the profile.

Define a profile with the

–

far end TestPad’s
source ID as the destination ID for the traffic.

–

of the TestPad on the
far end as the destination ID for the traffic.
Under Settings, select the profile to
define from the Profiles field.
In Destination ID, select the arrow to
the right of the field to display a keypad. Using the keypad, type the
source ID of the TestPad on the far
end, and then select OK to enter the
ID in the field.

For additional information on transmit profiles, see “Defining
transmit profiles” on page 194.

198

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Do one of the following to configure the traffic load:

– If you specified or defined a transmit profile in step 4, select
Traffic, and then configure the load (see “Configuring the
traffic load” on page 188).
– If you didn’t specify or define a transmit profile (because you
are performing the test on an unswitched point-to-point
network), select SETUP > Traffic, and then configure the load.

6 Select OK to return to the main window.

– If you are performing an end-to-end test using a second port,
repeat step 1 through step 6 for the second port before
proceeding to step 7.
7 On the TestPad on the far end of the circuit, do the following:

– If you are performing the test on a switched (layer 2) network,
repeat step 2 through step 6.
– If you are performing the test on an unswitched (layer 1) pointto-point network, repeat step 5 and step 6.
8 On both TestPads, turn the laser on by selecting the Laser OFF
button for each active port.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
9 On both TestPads, for each active port, select Start Traffic to
transmit traffic over the circuit.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

199

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

10 View and verify results for each transmitting TestPad on the
Results Display of the receiving TestPad.

BER testing on
unswitched
(layer 1) networks

If you are testing on an unswitched network, when you perform an
end-to-end test, you can transmit BER patterns in the bit stream to
determine the ratio of erroneous bits to the total bits received.
To perform BER test on an unswitched network
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the profile; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– THRU > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT (dual port units
only)
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– THRU > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT (dual port units
only)
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
3 Select SETUP > BERT, and then select one of the following
patterns:
To…

200

Select…

–
–

Test random jitter at a BER of 10-12
Test asymmetry of transition times

HFPAT

–
–

Test low frequency random jitter
Test PLL tracking errors

LFPAT

Test random and deterministic jitter (combined)

MFPAT

Emulate a worst case scenario for deterministic
jitter

RDPAT

Stress timing margins in the received eye by
exposing the data sampling circuits to large
systematic phase jumps

JTPAT

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

To…

Select…

Emulate a worse case scenario for power supply noise within network transceivers

SNPAT

4 Optional. If you want to insert bit errors or code violations into the
bit stream, select the Error tab, and then do the following:
To…

Select…

Setup the TestPad to allow you
to insert BIT errors into the bit
stream

Setup the TestPad to allow you
to insert code violations into the
bit stream

Code Violations.
– If you want the TestPad to
beep each time it receives a
code violation (or violations),
under Beep On Error, select
ON.
– If you want to insert a rate of
code violations, select Rate,
and then select the rate.

5 Select OK to return to the main window.

– If you want to perform a BER test from a second port, select
the second port, and then repeat step 2 through step 5 for the
second port.
6 For each active port, establish connectivity (see “Establishing
connectivity” on page 185).
7 If you are performing the BERT in single port THRU mode (using
the MON application button), for each active port on the far end
TestPad, select Connect RX to TX.
8 For each active port, start the traffic using the Start BERT Pattern
button.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

201

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

9 For each active port, verify that the Pattern Sync LED is illuminated in the LED result category.
10 Optional. To insert bit errors or code violations into the bit stream,
for each active port, select the Bit Error or CV Error button.
11 Verify the Error Stats: Bit Errors and Bit Error Rate results for each
active port on a Results Display.

BER testing on
switched (layer 2)
networks

If you are testing on a switched Fibre Channel network, when you
perform an end-to-end test you can transmit BER patterns in the frame
payload to determine the ratio of erroneous bits to the total bits
received.
To transmit a BER pattern on a switched network
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port for the test; otherwise,
proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– THRU > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic (dual port units
only)
– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– THRU > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic (dual port units
only)
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Rx Profiles, and then define the receive profile
for the traffic you want to BERT (see “Defining receive profiles” on
page 192).
4 Select the Tx Profiles tab, and then do the following:
a Under Payload, select Bert Pattern, and then select 2^23-1,
Inv 2^23-1, 2^31-1, Inv 2^31-1, ALL ONES, ALL ZEROS, or
USER DEFINED.
b If you selected USER DEFINED, type the user defined BER
pattern using a 4 byte hexadecimal format.

202

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

5 Optional. If you want to insert a framed bit error into the traffic,
select the Error tab, and then do the following:
a Select Framed Bit.
b If you want the TestPad to beep each time it receives a framed
bit (or bits), under Beep On Error, select ON.
c If you want to insert a rate of framed bits, select Rate, and then
select the error rate.
6 Select OK to return to the main window.
7 Optional. If you want to transmit a BER pattern from the second
port, select the second port, and then repeat step 2 through
step 6.
8 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 185).
9 For each active port, select Start Traffic to transmit the pattern
over the circuit.
10 For each active port, verify that the FRAME LED is illuminated.
11 Optional. To insert one or more framed bits into the traffic, for each
active port, select the Framed Bit Error button.
12 For each active port, verify the Error Stats: Bit Errors and Bit Error
Rate results on a Results Display.
NOTE:

When performing a BERT on a switched (layer 2) network, Bit
Errors and Bit Error Rate results may indicate one or more physical
layer (layer 1) bit errors.

Measuring service
disruption time

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

203

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

2 On the far end FST-2802, select SETUP > Traffic.

3 When measuring service disruption time, we recommend transmitting a constant load at 100 percent by specifying the following
parameters:
a Load Type: Const
b Load Unit: %BW
c Const Load: 100
4 Select OK to return to the main window.
5 Turn the laser on by selecting the Laser OFF button.

204

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

Transmitting
patterns

Using the FST-2802, you can stress the jitter and noise characteristics
of Fibre Channel components and systems by transmitting continuous
random test patterns (CRPAT), continuous jitter test patterns (CJPAT),
and the compliant supply noise pattern (CSPAT). To transmit a pattern,
you select the pattern on the Pattern tab, and then you establish
connectivity to a Fibre Channel link. Finally, you transmit the pattern
over the link.
NOTE:

These patterns are designed to test physical layer networks. By definition, these framed patterns populate the Fibre Channel header
with invalid address information; therefore, these frames will not
traverse a layer 2, switched network. You must run pattern tests
using an end-to-end configuration at all times.
To transmit a pattern
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port for the test; otherwise,
proceed to step 2.
2 On the application button bar, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 1G Fiber Channel > Layer 2 Patterns
– TERM > 2G Fiber Channel > Layer 2 Patterns
3 Select SETUP > Summary to display the setup tabs, and then
select Pattern.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

205

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

The Pattern tab appears.

4 Select a pattern:
To…

Select…

Emulate a worst case scenario for deterministic jitter by transmitting packets with
a broad spectral content

CRPAT

Stress the timing margins in the received
eye by exposing the data sampling circuits to large systematic phase jumps.

CJPAT

Emulate a worse case scenario for power
supply noise within network transceivers.

CSPAT

5 Select OK to return to the main window.
6 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 185).
7 Turn the laser on by selecting the Laser OFF button.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
8 Select Start Pattern to transmit the pattern over the circuit.
9 Optional. If you want to transmit patterns from a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 8.
206

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

10 For each active port, verify results on the Results Display of the
TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following Pattern Stats results:

– Transmitted Frames
– Received Frames
– FCS Errored Frames

Loopback testing

Loopback testing allows you to generate and transmit Fibre Channel
traffic from one TestPad, and then loop the traffic back through a
second TestPad (see Figure 17 on page 102) or a hard loopback on
the far end of a circuit (see Figure 18 on page 103).

Using the Line
Loopback feature

You can manually perform a line loopback using two TestPads by
selecting the LLB button on the far end TestPad to loop frames back
to the originating TestPad.
To manually perform a line loopback
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the loopback test;
otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 185).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

207

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

3 Do one of the following:

– If you are performing the loopback on a point-to-point,
unswitched (layer 1) network, proceed to step 4.
– If you are performing the loopback on a switched (layer 2)
network, on the transmitting TestPad, configure the traffic port
(see step 3 through step 6 of “End-to-end testing” on
page 197).
NOTE:

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
5 On the far end TestPad, select LLB OFF to put the TestPad into
loopback mode.

208

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

The LLB OFF button changes to LLB ON.

6 On the transmitting TestPad, select Start Traffic to transmit traffic
over the circuit to the TestPad on the far end.
7 Optional. If you want to perform a line loopback from a second
port, select the second port, and then repeat step 2 through
step 6.
8 For each active port, verify results on the Results Display of the
transmitting TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following results:

– Link Stats: Total Util%, Avg, Total Util %, Cur, and Total Util %
Peak.
– Error Stats: All results are 0.
Using the Automatic
Loopback feature

You can perform an automatic loopback on an unswitched network by
selecting the Loop Up button on the traffic generating TestPad. A
confirmation message from the TestPad on the far end appears in the
message display of the first TestPad informing you that the far end
TestPad is in loopback mode. The destination ID in the loopback
profile for the first TestPad is also automatically populated with the
source ID of the TestPad on the far end.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

209

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

When you configure TestPads for an automatic loopback test, you can
optionally specify text identifiers for each TestPad (for example, “Joe’s
2802” and “Sam’s 2802”). When the TestPads send confirmation
messages to each other indicating the status of the loopback, the
message will identify each TestPad using the text identifier.
NOTE:

After you establish the loop, you can change the source ID specified
for the traffic in the far end TestPad’s loopback profile. This will not
bring down the loop.
To perform an automatic loopback
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the loopback test;
otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Establish connectivity (see “Establishing connectivity” on
page 185).
3 On the far end TestPad, select SETUP > Summary, and then do
the following:

– Select the Tx Profiles tab.
– Under Settings, in Profiles, select Loop Profile.
– In Source ID, type the source ID for the traffic looped back to
the traffic generating TestPad.
NOTE:

210

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

b Select ID to display the ID tab, and then select Edit to display a
keypad.
c Using up to ten characters, type the identifier for the TestPad,
and then select OK to store the identifier and return to the ID
tab.
d Select OK to return to the main window.
5 On the traffic generating TestPad, select Loop Up to put the
receiving TestPad on the far end into loopback mode.

A confirmation message from the TestPad on the far end appears
in the message display of the first TestPad informing you that the
far end TestPad is in loopback mode. The destination ID field of
the loopback profile is automatically updated with the source ID of
the far end TestPad.
6 On the traffic generating TestPad, turn the laser on by selecting
Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7 On the traffic generating TestPad, select Start Traffic to transmit
traffic over the circuit to the TestPad on the far end.
8 Optional. If you want to perform a loopback from a second port,
select the port, and then repeat step 2 through step 7.
9 Verify results for each active port on the Results Display of the
traffic generating TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following
results:

A confirmation message from the TestPad on the far end appears
in the message display of the first TestPad informing you that the
port on the far end TestPad is out of loopback mode.

Inserting a CRC
error

You can insert a CRC error when you perform end-to-end and loopback tests.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

211

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

NOTE:

If you insert a CRC error on an unswitched point-to-point network
using two FST-2802s, and you want to receive the CRC back at the
originating TestPad, put the TestPad on the far end of the circuit in
THRU mode. See “Monitoring Fibre Channel traffic in single port
THRU mode” on page 215 for information on THRU mode.
To insert a CRC error
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select the port for the error insertion; otherwise, proceed to step 2.
2 Using the application buttons, select one of the following applications:

– TERM > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– TERM > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Select SETUP > Summary to display the setup tabs, and then
select Error.

212

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

4 To specify the error parameters, do the following:
To…

Do this…

Specify that the TestPad
should beep whenever
a CRC error occurs

Under Beep on Error, select ON.

Insert a single CRC
error

Select SINGLE.

Insert a burst of CRC
errors

Select BURST.
A BURST (Qty) field appears.
– Select the arrow to the right of the
BURST (Qty) field to display a keypad.
– Using the keypad, type the number of
CRC errors to insert in the burst.

5 Select OK to store the error parameters and return to the main
window.
6 Turn the laser on by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7

Select Start Traffic to transmit traffic over the circuit.

8 Select the CRC Errors action button to insert the error or burst of
errors.
9 Optional. If you want to insert errors from a second port, select the
port, and then repeat step 3 through step 8.

The error is inserted into the traffic and is handled as follows:
– For end-to-end applications, the error is transmitted to the TestPad
on the far end of the circuit.
– For loopback applications, the error is typically looped back to the
TestPad. Consult your network element documentation to determine if the network element drops errored traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

213

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
Out-of-service testing

Measuring round
trip delay

When you perform loopback tests, you can measure round trip delay
by transmitting an Acterna payload with frames of a pre-defined length
(28, 76, 512, 1024, 1536, or 2076 bytes). The Acterna payload carries
frames with time stamps, enabling the FST-2802 to calculate the round
drip delay.
NOTE:

When you measure round trip delay, you must implement a loopback on the far end of the circuit, and then transmit and receive an
Acterna payload with test frames from a FST-2802 on the near end
of the circuit. If you do not use a loopback, the test results will be
invalid.
To measure round trip delay
1 Setup and configure a loopback test (see “Loopback testing” on
page 207).
2 Select SETUP > Tx Profiles, and then do the following:

– Under Payload, select Acterna. The Acterna payload transmits
frames with a time stamp and sequence number. You must
select an Acterna payload to measure round trip delay.
– In Length, select a pre-defined frame length (28, 76, 512,
1024, 1536, or 2076 bytes).
3 Select OK to return to the main window.
4 Turn the laser on by selecting Laser OFF.

The Laser OFF button changes to Laser ON.
5 Select Start Traffic to transmit traffic over the circuit.
6 Optional. If you want to measure round trip delay from the second
port, select Port 2, and then repeat step 2 through step 5.
7 Verify results for each active port on the Results Display of the
transmitting TestPad. At a minimum, verify the following Link Stats
results:

– Delay, Max (us)
– Delay, Min (us)
– Delay, Avg (us)

214

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
In-service testing

In-service testing
Using the FST-2802, you can monitor Fibre Channel traffic when the
network is in service. To perform in-service tests, you simply connect
the TestPad to a network device on the circuit, and then monitor the
Fibre Channel traffic on the circuit.

Monitoring traffic
using a splitter

You can monitor Fibre Channel traffic on a circuit by connecting the
TestPad to a splitter (see Figure 13 on page 97).
To monitor Fibre Channel traffic using a splitter
1 If your TestPad has two ports, select a port for the test; otherwise,
proceed to step 2.
2 On the application button bar, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
3 Optional. If you want to monitor traffic from the second port, select
the second port.
4 Using the correct cable for the splitter, connect one end of the
cable to the RX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the TX
jack of the splitter.

– If you are monitoring traffic on a second port, repeat this step
for the second port.
5 Verify the Error Stats results for each active port.

Monitoring Fibre
Channel traffic in
single port THRU
mode

You can monitor Fibre Channel traffic on a circuit in THRU mode (see
Figure 14 on page 98).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

215

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
In-service testing

To monitor Fibre Channel traffic in single port THRU mode
1 On the application button bar, select one of the following applications:

– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– MON > 1G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 1 BERT
– MON > 2G Fibre Channel > Layer 2 Traffic
2 If you want to loop the frames received through to the transmitter
(instead of transmitting idle frames), select the Connect RX to TX
button.
3 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the RX
jack of the switch.
4 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the RX jack of the TestPad, and the other
end to the TX jack of the network access element.
5 Select Laser OFF to turn the laser on. The Laser OFF button
changes to Laser ON.
6 Verify the Error Stats results on the Results Display.

Monitoring Fibre
Channel traffic in
dual port THRU
mode

If you have a dual port configuration, you can monitor full duplex Fibre
Channel traffic from both directions in THRU mode (see Figure 14 on
page 98). When you monitor traffic in dual port THRU mode, the
TestPad routes all traffic received on Port 1 to the transmit jack on Port
2, and all traffic received on Port 2 to the transmit jack on Port 1.
To monitor Fibre Channel traffic in dual port THRU mode
1 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 1 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the switch.
2 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the Port 1 RX jack of the TestPad, and the
other end to the TX jack of the network access element.

216

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
In-service testing

3 Using the correct cable for the switch, connect one end of the
cable to the Port 2 TX jack of the TestPad, and the other end to the
RX jack of the switch.
4 Using the correct cable for the network access element, connect
one end of the cable to the Port 2 RX jack of the TestPad, and the
other end to the TX jack of the network access element.
5 For each port, do the following:
a Select the port.
b On the application button bar, select THRU > 1G Fibre
Channel > Layer 2 Traffic, or THRU > 2G Fibre Channel >
Layer 2 Traffic.
6 Select Laser OFF to turn the laser on for both ports. The Laser
OFF button changes to Laser ON.
7 Verify the Error Stats results for each active port.
NOTE:

When you select a MON (monitor) or TERM (terminate) application
after testing in THRU mode, the TestPad will automatically configure both ports for the test you selected (using the default test
parameters), and the port selection buttons will be enabled allowing
you to control each port independently.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

217

Chapter 6 Fibre Channel Testing
In-service testing

218

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7

Test Results

7
This chapter describes test results for the FST-2802. Topics discussed
in this chapter are as follows:
– “About test results” on page 220
– “Summary results” on page 220
– “LED results” on page 222
– “Signal results” on page 223
– “Time results” on page 224
– “AutoNeg Status results” on page 224
– “Link Stats results” on page 227
– “Link Counts results” on page 228
– “Filter Stats results” on page 231
– “Filter Counts results” on page 232
– “Error Stats results” on page 234
– “Pattern Stats results” on page 237
– “Ping Stats results” on page 237
– “L1 Bert Stats results” on page 238
– “L2 Bert Stats results” on page 239
– “Custom results” on page 240

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

219

Chapter 7 Test Results
About test results

About test results
After you connect the TestPad, results for the configured test automatically accumulate. The result categories available depend on their
applicability to the test you configured. For example, if you configured
a port for an unframed BERT test, the Summary, LED, Signal, Time,
Error Stats, and L1 BERT Stats categories are available for the port.
Ping Stats, Pattern Stats, L2 BERT Stats categories are not available
because they are not applicable when performing an unframed BERT
test.
To view the results for your test, select a port and category in each
result pane.

Summary results
The Summary category automatically displays error results that are
non-zero, key results that are out-of-specification, or key informational
results. This allows quick access to the results without having to
search each category.
If an errored or out of specification result appears, the pane has a red
background. If only informational results appear, the pane has a white
background. If all Summary results are within the recommended specifications, no alarms are present, and no informational results apply,
the ALL SUMMARY RESULTS OK message appears in the result
pane with a green background (see Figure 34).

220

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Summary results

Figure 34 All Summary Results OK display
When errors are detected, the summary result window lists each error
that occurred, and the result pane is red (see Figure 35).

Figure 35 Summary results
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

221

Chapter 7 Test Results
LED results

LED results
The TestPad offers two types of LED results:
– Current and historical status and alarm LED results, displayed on
the LED display panel.
– LED test results displayed in the Results Display of the user interface for the LED result category.

About status and
alarm LEDs

Current and historical Status and Alarm LEDs are provided on the LED
display panel. The inside column of LEDs indicate the current condition or state of the link; the outside column of LEDs indicate the historical condition of the link.

Status LEDs

The inside green LEDs for SIGNAL, SYNC, LINK ACTIVE, and
FRAME illuminate sequentially when the TestPad detects a signal,
obtains synchronization, recognizes a link is active, and then detects
frames. If a signal, synchronization, link or frame detection is lost, the
green Status LED extinguishes, and the red Alarm LED in the history
column illuminates indicating an error condition has occurred.

Port 1

10/100 Mbps
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY

Port 2

1 Gbps/2 Gbps
SIGNAL
SYNC
LINK ACTIVE
FRAME
SUMMARY

History

Figure 36 Dual port LED display panel
Alarm LEDs

222

The red Alarm LEDs illuminate when an error condition, such as a loss
of a signal or synchronization occurs. For the SIGNAL, SYNC, LINK
ACTIVE, and FRAME categories, the red LED illuminates in the
outside (History) column.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Signal results

For the SUMMARY category, the red LED illuminates in the inside
column whenever a summary error occurs. To view summary errors on
a results pane, select the Summary results category.

LED results
category

You can also view LED results by selecting the LED results category.
Table 14 describes the LED results.

Table 14 LED results
LED

When illuminated, indicates:

Frame Detect

The TestPad has detected frames.

Link Active

The link is active.

L1 Patt Sync

The data contained on the incoming bit stream is
synchronized with a BERT pattern.

L2 Patt Sync

The data contained inside the frame payload is synchronized with a BERT pattern.

Signal Present

A signal is present (1G and 2G tests only).

Sync Acquired

Synchronization has been acquired.

Pause Frame
Detect*

The TestPad has detected valid pause frames.
* Only available when testing Ethernet.

VLAN Frame
Detect

The TestPad has detected VLAN Ethernet frames
as defined in IEEE 802.p/q. This LED only appears
for TestPads with the VLAN Tagging option.

Signal results
The Signal results category displays the GBIC Status result, which
displays one of the following:
– If a supported GBIC is in the GBIC port, the type of Gigabit
Interface Converter (GBIC) the TestPad detects is displayed.
– If a GBIC which is not supported by the TestPad is in the GBIC
port, the result indicates that the GBIC is not supported.
– If no GBIC is detected, the result indicates that there is no
GBIC.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

223

Chapter 7 Test Results
Time results

To view the GBIC Status result, use the Result Group button to set the
port for the GBIC, and then set the result category to Signal.
NOTE:

The Signal results category is only available for 1G Ethernet,
1G Fibre Channel, and 2G Fibre Channel tests.

Time results
The Time category lists the current time, date, and the amount of time
that has elapsed since the last test restart. Table 15 describes Time
results. To view time results, set the result category to Time.

Table 15 Time results
Test Result

Description

Date

The current day and month.

Elapsed Time

The elapsed time in hours, minutes, and seconds
since the last test restart on the port.

Time

The current time of day in hours, minutes, and seconds.

AutoNeg Status results
The AutoNeg Status category displays results associated with the
auto-negotiation of capabilities between two Ethernet devices.
Table 16 describes 1G AutoNeg Status results; Table 17 describes 10/
100 AutoNeg Status results. To view AutoNeg Status results, set the
result category to AutoNeg Status.
NOTE:

AutoNeg Status results only appear when auto-negotiation is turned
ON on the TestPad.

224

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
AutoNeg Status results

Table 16 1G AutoNeg Status results
Test Result

Description

FDX Capable

Indicates that the Ethernet link partner is full duplex
capable.

HDX Capable

Indicates that the Ethernet link partner if half duplex
capable.

Link Adv Status

Indicates that the FST-2802 has received a valid
auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the
Ethernet link partner and sent an acknowledgement.

Link Config ACK

Indicates that the Ethernet link partner has acknowledged the receipt of a valid auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the FST-2802.

Pause Capable

Indicates the flow control capabilities of the Ethernet
link partner. Those capabilities are:
– TX Only:
The Ethernet link partner will transmit PAUSE
frames to alert the FST-2802 to reduce the
transmitted bandwidth momentarily, however it
will not reduce its transmitted bandwidth if it
receives PAUSE frames.
– RX Only:
The Ethernet link partner will reduce its transmitted bandwidth momentarily if it receives PAUSE
frames but it will not transmit PAUSE frames to
alert the FST-2802 to reduce the transmitted
bandwidth.
– TX and RX:
The Ethernet link partner will transmit PAUSE
frames to alert the FST-2802 to reduce the
transmitted bandwidth momentarily and it will
reduce its transmitted bandwidth momentarily if
it receives PAUSE frames
– Neither TX and RX:
The Ethernet link partner will not transmit
PAUSE frames to alert the FST-2802 to reduce
the transmitted bandwidth and it will not reduce
its transmitted bandwidth if it receives PAUSE
frames.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

225

Chapter 7 Test Results
AutoNeg Status results

Table 16 1G AutoNeg Status results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Remote Fault

If supported by the Ethernet link partner, indicates a
reason for auto-negotiation failure. If auto-negotiation succeeded, the result will read “NO”.

Table 17 describes 10/100 AutoNeg Status results.

Table 17 10/100 AutoNeg Status results

226

Test Result

Description

100Base-TX
FDX

Indicates whether the Ethernet link partner is full
duplex capable at 100Base-TX (YES or NO).

100Base-TX
HDX

Indicates whether the Ethernet link partner is half
duplex capable at 100Base-TX (YES or NO).

10Base-T FDX

Indicates whether the Ethernet link partner is full
duplex capable at 10Base-TX (YES or NO).

10Base-T HDX

Indicates whether the Ethernet link partner is half
duplex capable at 10Base-TX (YES or NO).

Duplex

Indicates the negotiated duplex setting for the link
(half or full).

Link Adv Status

Indicates that the FST-2802 has received a valid
auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the
Ethernet link partner and sent an acknowledgement.

Link Config ACK

Indicates that the Ethernet link partner has acknowledged the receipt of a valid auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the FST-2802.

Remote Fault

If supported by the Ethernet link partner, indicates a
reason for auto-negotiation failure. If auto-negotiation succeeded, the result will read “NO”.

Speed (Mbps)

Indicates the negotiated speed setting for the link
(10 or 100 Mbps).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Link Stats results

Link Stats results
The Link Stats category lists link statistics such as the average frame
rate, peak frame rate, and the maximum, minimum, and average
round trip delay measurements. Table 18 describes Link Stats results.
To view Link Stats results, set the result category to Link Stats.

Table 18 Link Stats results
Test Result

Description

Delay, Avg (us)

The average round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must originate an Acterna payload to
measure round trip delay. A unit in loopback mode
will display invalid results because it is not originating the traffic.

Delay, Max (us)

The maximum round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must originate an Acterna payload to
measure round trip delay. A unit in loopback mode
will display invalid results because it is not originating the traffic.

Delay, Min (us)

The minimum round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must originate an Acterna payload to
measure round trip delay. A unit in loopback mode
will display invalid results because it is not originating the traffic.

Frame Rate, Avg

The average rate of received frames, expressed in
frames per second. The average is calculated over
the time period elapsed since the last test restart.

Frame Rate, Cur

The current rate of received frames, expressed in
frames per second. This measurement is an average taken over the prior second of test time.

Frame Rate, Min

The minimum rate of received frames over a one
second period, expressed in frames per second.

Frame Rate,
Peak

The maximum rate of received frames over a one
second period, expressed in frames per second.

Frame Size, Avg

The average frame size of frames received since
frame detection.

Frame Size, Max

The maximum frame size of frames received since
frame detection.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

227

Chapter 7 Test Results
Link Counts results

Table 18 Link Stats results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Frame Size, Min

The minimum frame size of frames received since
frame detection.

Rx Mbps, Cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the received traffic
expressed in megabits per second. This measurement is an average taken over the prior second of
test time.

Svc Disruption
(ms)

The service disruption time (maximum inter-frame
gap) when service switches to a protect line calculated in milli-seconds.

Total Util %, Avg

The average bandwidth utilized by the received traffic, expressed as a percentage of the line rate of
available bandwidth since the last test restart. The
average is calculated over the time period elapsed
since the last test restart.

Total Util %, Cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the received traffic
expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth. This measurement is an average
taken over the prior second of test time.

Total Util %, Peak

The peak bandwidth utilized by the received traffic
since the last test restart expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth.

Tx Mbps, Cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the transmitted
traffic expressed in megabits per second. This measurement is an average taken over the prior second
of test time.

Link Counts results
The Link Counts category lists link counts such as the number of
received frames, number of transmitted frames, and number of
unicast, multicast, or broadcast frames. The Received Frames result
includes errored frames; all other results count valid frames only.
To view Link Counts results, set the result category to Link Counts.

228

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Link Counts results

Table 19 Link Counts results
Test Result

Description

>1023 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with a length
greater than 1023 bytes.

>2140 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with a
length greater than 2140 bytes.

1024-2140 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 1024 and 2140 bytes,
inclusive.

128-252 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 128 and 252 bytes, inclusive.

128-255 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with lengths
between 128 and 255 bytes, inclusive.

256-508 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 256 and 508 bytes, inclusive.

256-511 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with lengths
between 256 and 511 bytes, inclusive.

28-64 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 28 and 64 bytes, inclusive.

512-1020 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 512 and 1020 bytes,
inclusive.

512-1023 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with lengths
between 512 and 1023 bytes, inclusive.

64 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with a length of
64 bytes.

65-127 Byte Frames

A count of Ethernet frames with lengths
between 65 and 127 bytes, inclusive.

68-124 Byte Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames with
lengths between 68 and 124 bytes, inclusive.

Broadcast Frames

The number of Ethernet broadcast frames
received since the last test restart.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

229

Chapter 7 Test Results
Link Counts results

Table 19 Link Counts results (Continued)

230

Test Result

Description

Multicast Frames

The number of Ethernet multicast frames
received since the last test restart.

PAUSE Frames

A count of PAUSE frames received from a
remote Ethernet device. PAUSE frames
are utilized for flow control and alert the
transmitting device that it must reduce the
outgoing frame rate or risk a receiver overflow on the far end, resulting in dropped
traffic.

Received Frames

A count of frames received since the last
test restart, including errored frames.

Rx Acterna Frames

A count of received Acterna frames,
excluding errored frames.

Rx Collisions

A count of the number of times the TestPad has received a jam signal while it was
not transmitting frames. Result only
appears for half-duplex 10/100 Ethernet
tests.

Transmitted Frames

A count of frames transmitted since the
last test restart. This result does not
appear when testing in Monitor mode.

Tx Collisions

A count of the number of times the TestPad has transmitted a frame, and then
received a jam signal in the time slot for
the frame. Result only appears for halfduplex 10/100 Ethernet tests.

Tx Defers

A count of the number of times the transmitter prepared to send traffic, and then
was forced to defer based on link activity.
Result only appears for half-duplex 10/100
Ethernet tests.

Tx Late Collisions

A count of the number of times the TestPad has transmitted a frame, and then
experiences a collision more than 64 byte
times after the transmission begins. Result
only appears for half-duplex 10/100 Ethernet tests.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Filter Stats results

Table 19 Link Counts results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Unicast Frames

The number of Ethernet unicast frames
received since the last test restart.

VLAN Frames

A count of VLAN frames as defined in
IEEE 802.p/q. This result only appears for
TestPads with the VLAN Tagging option.

Filter Stats results
The Filter Stats category lists link statistics for filtered traffic such as
the average frame rate, peak frame rate, and the maximum, minimum,
and average round trip delay measurements. Table 20 describes Filter
Stats results. To view Filter Stats results, set the result category to
Filter Stats.

Table 20 Filter Stats results
Test Result

Description

Frame Rate, Avg

The average rate of filtered frames, expressed in
frames per second. The average is calculated over
the time period elapsed since the last test restart.

Frame Rate, Cur

The current rate of filtered frames, expressed in
frames per second. This measurement is an average taken over the prior second of test time.

Frame Rate, Min

The minimum rate of filtered frames over a one second period, expressed in frames per second.

Frame Rate,
Peak

The maximum rate of filtered frames over a one
second period, expressed in frames per second.

Frame Size, Max

The maximum frame size of filtered frames received
since frame detection.

Frame Size, Min

The minimum frame size of filtered frames received
since frame detection.

Delay, Avg

The average round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna payload to
calculate round trip delay.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

231

Chapter 7 Test Results
Filter Counts results

Table 20 Filter Stats results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Delay, Max

The maximum round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna payload to
calculate round trip delay.

Delay, Min

The minimum round trip delay calculated in microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna payload to
calculate round trip delay.

Util %, Avg

The average bandwidth utilized by the filtered traffic,
expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth since the last test restart. The average is calculated over the time period elapsed since
the last test restart.

Util %, Cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the filtered traffic
expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth. This measurement is an average
taken over the prior second of test time.

Util %, Peak

The peak bandwidth utilized by the filtered traffic
since the last test restart expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth.

Filter Counts results
The Filter Counts results category displays counts for filtered traffic
such as the number of received frames, and the number of received
frames with an Acterna payload. Table 21 describes Filter Counts
results. To view Filter Counts results, set the result category to Filter
Counts.

Table 21 Filter Counts results

232

Test Result

Description

>1023 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with a
length greater than 1023 bytes.

>2140 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with a length greater than 2140 bytes.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Filter Counts results

Table 21 Filter Counts results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

1024-2140 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 1024 and 2140
bytes, inclusive.

128-252 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 128 and 252 bytes,
inclusive.

128-255 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with
lengths between 128 and 255 bytes, inclusive.

256-508 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 256 and 508 bytes,
inclusive.

256-511 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with
lengths between 256 and 511 bytes, inclusive.

28-64 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 28 and 64 bytes,
inclusive.

512-1020 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 512 and 1020 bytes,
inclusive.

512-1023 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with
lengths between 512 and 1023 bytes,
inclusive.

64 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with a
length of 64 bytes.

65-127 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Ethernet frames with
lengths between 65 and 127 bytes, inclusive.

68-124 Byte Frames

A count of filtered Fibre Channel frames
with lengths between 68 and 124 bytes,
inclusive.

Broadcast Frames

The number of filtered Ethernet broadcast
frames received since the last test restart.

Multicast Frames

The number of filtered Ethernet multicast
frames received since the last test restart.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

233

Chapter 7 Test Results
Error Stats results

Table 21 Filter Counts results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Rx Acterna Frames

A count of filtered frames with an Acterna
payload, excluding errored frames.

Unicast Frames

The number of filtered Ethernet unicast
frames received since the last test restart.

Valid Rx Frames

A count of filtered frames received since
the last test restart, including errored
frames.

VLAN Frames

A count of filtered VLAN frames as defined
in IEEE 802.p/q. This result only appears
for TestPads with the VLAN Tagging
option.

Error Stats results
The Error Stats category lists error statistics such as the number of
symbol errors, FCS errored frames, and runts. Table 22 describes
Error Stats results. To view Error Stats results, set the result category
to Error Stats.

Table 22 Error Stats results

234

Test Result

Description

Code Violation
Rate

The rate of frames with code violations, expressed
in frames per second. This measurement is an average taken over the prior second of test time.

Code Violations

A count of each invalid 10-bit code word in the bit
stream.

Code Violation
Secs

A count of the number of seconds during which
code violations occurred.

CRC Errored
Frames

A count of Fibre Channel frames containing Cyclic
Redundancy Check (CRC) errors.

Errored Frames

A summed count of FCS Errored Frames (Ethernet), CRC Errored Frames (Fibre Channel), Runts,
Jabbers, Undersized Frames, and Oversized
Frames.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Error Stats results

Table 22 Error Stats results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

FCS Errored
Frames*

A count of Ethernet frames containing Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) errors. When receiving Ethernet
jumbo frames containing FCS errors, the FCS error
count does not increment. Instead, these frames
are counted as Jabbers.
* For Ethernet ping applications, the FCS Errored
Frames result is the only result displayed in the
Error Stats category. The other Error Stats results
are not applicable.

Fibre Runts

A count of received Fibre Channel frames that have
a byte value less than the minimum 28 byte frame
length containing CRC errors.

Fibre Jabbers

A count of received Fibre Channel frames that have
a byte value greater than the maximum 2140 frame
length and an errored CRC.

Frame Loss
Ratio

The ratio of frames lost to the number of frames
expected.

Jabbers

A count of received Ethernet frames that have a
byte value greater than the maximum 1518 frame
length (or 1522 bytes for VLAN tagged frames) and
an errored FCS.

Lost Frames

A count of lost Acterna test frames. For example, if
the TestPad detects sequence numbers: 1, 2, 3, 6,
7, 8, (frames 4 and 5 were not detected), the lost
frame count is incremented by two (frames 4 and 5
are lost). If the TestPad then detects sequence
numbers 9, 10, 14, 15, 16 (frames 11, 12, and 13
are missing), the lost frame count is incremented by
three, resulting in a total count of five lost frames.
NOTE: If the TestPad receives errored frames containing errors in the sequence number field, the Lost
Frames count will be incorrect.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

235

Chapter 7 Test Results
Error Stats results

Table 22 Error Stats results (Continued)

236

Test Result

Description

Out of Seq
Frames

A count of each instance where the TestPad detects
out of sequence Acterna test frames. For example,
if the TestPad detects sequence numbers: 1, 2, 3, 6,
7, 8, (frame 6 is detected immediately following
frame 3), the out of sequence count is incremented
by one, resulting in a count of one instance of out of
sequence frames. If the TestPad then detects
sequence numbers 9, 10, 14, 15, 16 (frame 14 is
detected immediately following frame 10), the out of
sequence number is incremented again by one,
resulting in a total count of two instances of out of
sequence frames.

Oversized
Frames

A count of frames over the maximum 1518 byte
(Ethernet) or 2140 byte (Fibre Channel) frame
length with no FCS or CRC errors.
NOTE: If the TestPad is set up to transmit jumbo
Ethernet frames, frames exceeding 1518 bytes (or
1522 bytes for VLAN tagged frames) are not considered oversized.

Runts

A count of Ethernet frames under the minimum 64
byte frame length containing Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) errors.

Symbol Errors

A count of invalid 10-bit code words received on the
physical layer. This result will not increment more
than one time per frame.

Undersized
Frames

A count of frames under the minimum 64 byte
(Ethernet) or 24 byte (Fibre Channel) frame length
with no FCS or CRC errors.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
Pattern Stats results

Pattern Stats results
The Pattern Stats category displays results associated with the transmission of patterns over a circuit. Table 23 describes Pattern Stats
results. To view Pattern Stats results, transmit a pattern over a circuit,
and then set the result category to Pattern Stats.

Table 23 Pattern Stats results
Test Result

Description

Received
Frames

The number of valid and errored frames received
since the link was established.

Transmitted
Frames

The number of frames transmitted since the link
was established.

Ping Stats results
The Ping Stats category displays results associated with the transmission of Ethernet Ping packets. Table 24 describes Ping Stats results.
To view Ping Stats results transmit a ping packet (or packets) over a
circuit, and then set the result category to Ping Stats.

Table 24 Ping Stats results
Test Result

Description

Lost Pings

Count of Ping requests sent by the FST-2802 for
which replies were not received within 3 seconds.

Ping Requests Rx

Count of the Ping requests received by the FST2802 (in other words, requests sent to the FST2802’s IP address) from another Layer 3 device on
the network.

Ping Requests Tx

Count of the ping requests sent from the FST2802.

Ping Responses
Rx

Count of the replies received in response to the
ping requests sent by the FST-2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

237

Chapter 7 Test Results
L1 Bert Stats results

Table 24 Ping Stats results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

Ping Responses
Tx

Count of the Ping replies sent by the FST-2802 in
response to the ping requests sent to the FST2802. Each time a ping request is received, the
FST-2802 replies and this counter is incremented
by one.

Delay, Avg (ms)

The round trip delay for all pings sent and successfully received by the FST-2802 since the last
test restart. Calculated in milliseconds.

Delay (ms)

The round trip delay for the last ping sent and successfully received by the FST-2802. Calculated in
milliseconds.

Delay, Max (ms)

The maximum round trip delay for the pings sent
and successfully received by the FST-2802. Calculated in milliseconds.

Delay, Min (ms)

The minimum round trip delay for the pings sent
and successfully received by the FST-2802. Calculated in milliseconds.

L1 Bert Stats results
The L1 Bert Stats category displays results associated with the transmission of BER patterns on a layer 1 (unswitched) network. Table 25
describes L1 Bert Stats results. To view L1 Bert Stats results, transmit
a BER pattern over a layer 1 network, and then set a result category
to L1 Bert Stats.

Table 25 L1 Bert Stats results

238

Test Result

Description

BIT Error Rate

The ratio of pattern bit errors to received pattern
bits since initially acquiring pattern synchronization.

BIT Errored Seconds

The number of seconds during which one or more
pattern bit errors occurred since initial pattern synchronization.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 7 Test Results
L2 Bert Stats results

Table 25 L1 Bert Stats results (Continued)
Test Result

Description

BIT Errors

A count of the number of received bits in a recognized pattern that do not match the expected
value.

Total Bits
Received

The total number of bits received since initial pattern synchronization.

L2 Bert Stats results
The L2 Bert Stats category displays results associated with the transmission of BER patterns on a layer 2 (switched) network. Table 26
describes L2 Bert Stats results. To view L2 Bert Stats results, transmit
traffic with a BER pattern in the payload over a layer 2 network, and
then set a result category to L2 Bert Stats.

Table 26 L2 Bert Stats results
Test Result

Description

BIT Error Rate

The ratio of pattern bit errors to received pattern
bits since initially acquiring frame synchronization.
NOTE: This ratio is determined using only the bits
in the payload of the frame.

BIT Errored Seconds

The number of seconds during which one or more
pattern bit errors occurred since initial frame synchronization.

BIT Errors

A count of the number of received bits in a recognized pattern that do not match the expected value
since initially acquiring frame synchronization.

Total Bits
Received

The total number of bits received since initial frame
synchronization.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

239

Chapter 7 Test Results
Custom results

Custom results
In addition to the standard result categories provided on the TestPad,
you can define your own Custom result category with test results from
a variety of categories. This allows you to quickly review key results
without navigating through each individual category.
To view results for the Custom category

– On a result pane, set the result group to Custom Port 1 or
Custom Port 2.
The Custom Results category appears, listing the results you selected
when you defined the category (see “Defining the Custom result category” on page 45).

240

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 8

Troubleshooting

8
This chapter describes how to identify and correct problems related to
the FST-2802. Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows:
– “About troubleshooting” on page 242
– “Resolving problems” on page 242

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

241

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
About troubleshooting

About troubleshooting
You may experience problems while using the FST-2802. Many of
these problems are easily remedied. If you experience significant
problems with the FST-2802, contact the Technical Assistance Center
(see “Technical assistance” on page xxiii).

Resolving problems
The following section describes common problems that you may
encounter while using the FST-2802. Before getting technical assistance, verify that you have exhausted all possibilities.

Installing and
setting up

The unit will not power up.

– Check the power source and restart the unit.
– Verify that the unit is locked between the UIM and the FST-2802.
The unit will not power up if the TestPad is not properly assembled. See “Connecting and swapping application modules” on
page 28.
– Verify that you are connecting the FST-2802 application module to
a Version 6 UIM.

Operating the
TestPad

Test results do not print.

– Verify that the printer cable is properly connected to the TestPad.
Refer to “Connecting a printer” on page 49 for instructions on
connecting a printer to the TestPad.
– If you are printing to a serial printer, verify that the printer is configured properly. See “Configuring a serial printer” on page 50.
– Verify that the printer is turned on and that it is loaded with paper.

Performing tests

Test results are inconsistent.

The primary reason for inconsistent test results is improper hookup of
the test connectors.

242

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
Resolving problems

– Verify that the TestPad is connected properly for the test. Refer to
“Step 2: Connecting the TestPad for testing” on page 96 for information about test connections.
– Verify that the TestPad is configured properly for the test you are
performing.
I cannot perform a loopback test using a hard loopback at the far end of the
network.

– If you are testing on switched Ethernet network, you must use two
TestPads as end stations on a circuit. For a detailed explanation of
Ethernet switching, refer to “Ethernet switching” on page 115.
– If you are testing on an unswitched Ethernet network, you can use
a hard loopback at the far end of the circuit.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

243

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
Resolving problems

244

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix A

Specifications

A
This appendix describes the TestPad’s specifications. Topics
discussed in this appendix are as follows:
– “Physical specifications” on page 246
– “Environmental specifications” on page 246
– “Power specifications” on page 247
– “Electrical specifications” on page 247
– “GBIC specifications” on page 248

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

245

Appendix A Specifications
Physical specifications

Physical specifications
The physical characteristics for the TestPad are described in Table 27.

Table 27 Physical specifications
Item

Description

Height

7.2 inches (18.3 cm)

Width

13.6 inches (34.5 cm)

Depth

2.2 inches (5.6 cm)

Weight

5.5 lbs with battery (2.5 kg)

Environmental specifications
The environmental characteristics for the TestPad are described in
Table 28.

Table 28 Environmental specifications
Item

Description

Temperature

246

Operating
Storage

32° F to 113° F (0° C to +40° C)
-4° F to 158° F (-20° C to +70° C)

Humidity

5% to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing

Shock/drop height

40 inches onto concrete

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix A Specifications
Power specifications

Power specifications
The power characteristics for the TestPad are described in Table 29.

Table 29 Power specifications
Item

Description

Battery

Rechargeable10.8V Nickel-Metal Hydride (NiMH)

Operating time

Single port configuration:
– Typically provides a minimum of 1 hour of
operation.
Dual port configuration:
– Typically provides a minimum of 40 minutes of
operation.

Recharging
period

Minimum of 1.5 hours

AC adapter

19VDC, 2.95 amps / 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Electrical specifications
The FST-2802 10/100 Base-TX interface conforms to IEEE 802.3
electrical requirements. The electrical specifications for the 10 Mb/s
interface are described in Table 30; the electrical specifications for the
100 Mb/s interfaces are described in Table 31.

Table 30 10 Mb/s interface electrical specifications
Specification

Description

Cable

Cat-5 (or better) 100 Ohm STP cable, ≤100
meters.

Twisted pair differential
Output voltage

2.2 MIN Vpk, 2.5 TYP Vpk, 2.8 MAX Vpk

Input squelch threshold

.310 MIN Vpk, .540 MAX Vpk

Input voltage range

3.3V MAX

Output jitter

±5.5 ns pk-pk MAX

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

247

Appendix A Specifications
GBIC specifications

Table 30 10 Mb/s interface electrical specifications
Specification

Description

Input jitter

±13.5 ns pk-pk MAX

Table 31 100 Mb/s interface electrical specifications
Specification

Description

Cable

Cat-5 (or better) 100 Ohm STP cable, ≤100
meters.

Twisted pair differential
Output voltage

.950 MIN Vpk, 1.000 TYP Vpk, 1.050 MAX
Vpk

Input squelch threshold

.166 MIN Vpk, .500 MAX Vpk

Input voltage range

3.3V MAX

Output jitter

±.7 ns pk-pk MAX

Input jitter

±3.0 ns pk-pk MAX

GBIC specifications
Each of the optional SX and LX GBICs offered by Acterna complies
with the Revision 5.5 GBIC specification. The copper and long-haul
GBICs comply with the Revision 5.4 GBIC specification. Please refer
to your GBIC manufacturer’s site for detailed specifications.
For a complete list of GBICs offered by Acterna, see “GBIC accessories” on page 9.

248

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B

Remote Control Commands

B
This appendix describes remote control operation and lists each of the
available remote control commands. This guide also provides preparation, setup, and syntax instructions for the FST-2802 remote operation. Topics discussed in this appendix are as follows:
– “About the remote control function” on page 250
– “Characteristics of remote control commands” on page 250
– “Configuration commands” on page 251
– “Result commands” on page 269
– “Event commands” on page 285
– “Miscellaneous commands” on page 287

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

249

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
About the remote control function

About the remote control function
You can connect to the TestPad via modem dial-in or dial-out,
Ethernet, USB, and serial connections. Figure 37 illustrates a typical
connection between a device and a TestPad.

Network

Network
connection

Direct serial
connection

Laptop

Figure 37 PC to TestPad connection
For details on establishing connections to the FST-2802 for remote
control operation, see Chapter 3 “Serial and Network Connections”.

Characteristics of remote control commands
You type remote control commands into a terminal emulation application, such as HyperTerminal. When typing commands:
– Use lower-case characters
– Press Backspace to erase the last character entered
– Type commands in the same sequence as you would perform
them when using the TestPad.
– Be sure to specify the port_ID for each command. For single port
units, the port_ID is always port_1. For dual port units, you must
specify port_1 or port_2.
250

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

The availability of a command depends on your current test configuration. For example, the commands for a 1G pattern test are not available if you are performing a 10/100 ping test.

Configuration commands
Use configuration commands to set or query the parameters of the test
configuration for a port. These parameters can be a test type or a
specific value.
This section describes the command syntax for each type of configuration command.

config

Displays or modifies a configuration parameter.

Syntax

config:

Displays the value of cfg_id for the port specified.
config: [value]

Changes the value of cfg_id to value on the port specified.
Remark

Example

If you do not specify value, the FST-2802 displays the current value
for the parameter.
The following command sets the 1G pattern to CRPAT on port 1.
config:ethernet_pattern port_1 crpat

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

251

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 lists system configuration identifiers and values.

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

error_burst_quantity

Sets the number of burst
frames.

1 to 32767

error_insert_type

Sets the type of FCS error to
insert.

single_insert,
quantity_burst_insert

error_type

Sets the type of error to
insert.

ethernet_fcs

ether_fibre_bert_traffic

Starts transmission of layer 1
BERT patterns.

ether_fibre_l1_bert_patt
ern

Sets the layer 1 BERT pattern to the value specified.

Accepts one of the following
BERT patterns:
– hfpat
– lfpat
– mfpat
– rdpat
– jtpat
– snpat

ether_fibre_l2_bert_tx_e
ql_rx

Sets the transmitted BERT
pattern to the pattern specified in the receive profile.

on, off

ether_fibre_rx_l2_bert_p
att

Sets the BERT pattern for
the receive profile to the
value specified.

Accepts one of the following
BERT patterns:
– 2_23_1
– 2_23_1_inv
– 2_31_1
– 2_31_1_inv
– all_ones
– all_zeros
– User_Define

ether_fibre_rx_l2_user_p
att

Sets the user defined BERT
pattern for the transmit profile. Valid only when
ether_fibre_rx_l2_ber
t_patt is set to User
Define.

Accepts a hexadecimal value
from 0 to FFFFFFFFFF, for
example, e57f.

252

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ether_fibre_tx_l2_bert_p
att

Sets the BERT pattern for
the transmit profile to the
value specified.

Accepts one of the following
BERT patterns:
– 2_23_1
– 2_23_1_inv
– 2_31_1
– 2_31_1_inv
– all_ones
– all_zeros
– User_Define

ether_fibre_tx_l2_user_p
att

Sets the user defined BERT
pattern for the transmit profile. Valid only when
ether_fibre_tx_l2_ber
t_patt is set to User
Define.

Accepts a hexadecimal value
from 0 to FFFFFFFFFF, for
example, e57f.

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n

Enables auto negotiation.

on, off

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_100basetx_fdx

Advertises Ethernet
100BaseTx full-duplex capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_100basetx_hdx

Advertises Ethernet
100BaseTx half-duplex
capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_10baset_fdx

Advertises Ethernet
10BaseT full-duplex capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_10baset_hdx

Advertise Ethernet 10BaseT
half-duplex capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_1g_fdx

Advertises Ethernet 1000
Base X full-duplex capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_1g_hdx

Advertises Ethernet 1000
Base X half-duplex capable.

yes, no

ethernet_auto_negotiatio
n_1g_pause

Advertises Ethernet 1000
Base X pause capable.

neither, both, tx_only,
rx_only

ethernet_burst_frame_siz
e

Sets the size of burst
frames.

fixed, random

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

253

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

ethernet_burst_load

Sets traffic load to bursty.

ethernet_burst_numbers

Sets the number of burst
frames. Valid only when
ethernet_burst_type is set to
FIXED.

Accepts a number from 1 to
65535.

ethernet_burst_size

Sets burst size. If you type
“user”, you must also enter
the user-defined burst size
using the
ethernet_burst_user_s
ize configuration ID.

16, 64, 256, 1024, user

ethernet_burst_type

Specifies finite number
(fixed) or a continuous burst
of frames.

fixed, continuous

ethernet_burst_user_size

Sets user-defined burst size.
Valid only when
ethernet_burst_size is
set to user.

Accepts a number from 1 to
16500000.

ethernet_connect_rx_to_t
x

Tells the TestPad to loop the
frames received through to
the transmitter (instead of
transmitting idle frames)
when monitoring 1G traffic in
single port THRU mode.

on, off

ethernet_const_load

Sets constant traffic load in
percentage of bandwidth utilization.

Accepts a number from 1 to
100.

ethernet_duplex

Sets duplex to half or full.

half, full

ethernet_flow_control

Enables or disables flow
control.

on, off

ethernet_llb

Turns line loopback feature
on or off.

on, off

ethernet_load

Sets the Ethernet traffic load
type.

burst, constant, ramp

ethernet_loop_down

Issues loop down command.

on, off

ethernet_loop_up

Issues loop up command.

on, off

254

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Configuration Values

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_pattern

Sets the Ethernet pattern.

crpat, cjpat, cspat

ethernet_payload

Sets the Ethernet transmit
frame payload type. If you
specify bert, you must also
specify the pattern for the
payload using the
ether_fibre_tx_l2_ber
t_patt command.

acterna, bert

ethernet_ping

Turns ping packet transmission on or off.

on, off

ethernet_ping_address

Specifies the IP address of
the device you are verifying
connectivity to.

Accepts an IP address, for
example: 128.118.200.4.

ethernet_ping_dont_fragm
ent

Specifies whether ping packets may be fragmented.

off, on

ethernet_ping_frame_type

Sets the Ethernet frame type
for transmitted ping packets.

ethernet_type_2,
802_3_with_llc,
802_3_with_llc_and_sna
p

ethernet_ping_gateway

Sets the IP address for the
router through which ping
traffic will be sent if the destination for the traffic is outside of the local subnet.

Accepts an IP address, for
example: 128.118.200.4.

ethernet_ping_jumbo_leng
th

Sets the frame length for
jumbo ping packets.

Accepts a number from 1493
to 9982 depending on the
frame type specified:
DIX:
1501 - 9982
802.3 w/LLC:
1497 - 9979
802.3 w/LLC and SNAP:
1493 - 9974

ethernet_ping_length

Specifies the length type for
ping packets.

user, jumbo

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

255

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_ping_packet_cou
nt

Sets the number of ping
packets to transmit. Valid
only when
ethernet_ping_traffic
_type is set to multiple.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1024.

ethernet_ping_source_add
ress

Sets the IP address for the
FST-2802.

Accepts an IP address, for
example: 128.118.200.4

ethernet_ping_subnet_mas
k

Sets the subnet mask
address for the ping traffic.

Accepts an IP address, for
example: 128.118.200.4

ethernet_ping_tagging

Sets the VLAN tagged status
for ping traffic.

nontagged, tagged

ethernet_ping_time_to_li
ve

Sets the time after which a
fragmented ping request or
response can be dropped by
any device on a circuit.

Accepts a number from 0 to
255.

ethernet_ping_traffic_ty
pe

Sets the ping traffic type.

single, multiple, continuous

ethernet_ping_type_of_se
rvice

Sets the type of service code
for transmitted ping packets.

Accepts up to 8 zeros or ones,
for example: 10001000.

ethernet_ping_user_lengt
h

Sets the frame length for
user-defined ping packets.

Accepts a number from 38 to
1500, depending on the frame
type specified:
DIX:
46 - 1500
802.3 w/LLC:
43 - 1497
802.3 w/LLC and SNAP:
38 - 1492

ethernet_ping_user_prior
ity

Sets the VLAN user priority
for each ping packet transmitted. Valid only when
ethernet_ping_tagging
is set to tagged.

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

256

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_ping_vland_id

Sets the VLAN ID for each
ping packet transmitted.
Valid only when
ethernet_ping_tagging
is set to tagged.

Accepts a value from 0 to
4095.

ethernet_ramp_load_step

Sets the load increment (as
a percentage of bandwidth)
for ramped traffic.

Accepts a number from 1 to
50.

ethernet_ramp_num_drop_f
rames

Sets the threshold for
dropped frames. Valid only
when
ethernet_ramp_stop_on
_dropped_frames is on.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1000000.

ethernet_ramp_num_err_fr
ames

Sets the threshold for error
frames. Valid only when
ethernet_ramp_stop_er
r_frames is on.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1000000.

ethernet_ramp_num_pause_
frames

Sets the threshold for pause
frames. Valid only when
ethernet_ramp_stop_on
_pause_frames is on.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1000000.

ethernet_ramp_state

Starts or stops ramp traffic.

on, off

ethernet_ramp_stop_drop_
frames

Set dropped frames as a criterion to stop ramp mode.

on, off

ethernet_ramp_stop_err_f
rames

Set error frames as a criterion to stop ramp mode.

on, off

ethernet_ramp_stop_pause
_frames

Set pause frames as a criterion to stop ramp mode.

on, off

ethernet_ramp_time_step

Sets the time increment for
ramped traffic.

Accepts a number from 0.1 to
10.0.

ethernet_rx_profile

Sets the Ethernet receive
profile.

rx_profile_1,
rx_profile_2,
rx_profile_3,
rx_profile_4

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

257

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_rx_profile_1

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic filtered
using receive profile 1. You
must specify a value for
each of the ten profile settings, even if they are not
applicable. The string of values must be enclosed in
quotes.

Accepts a string of 10 comma
delimited values, enclosed in
quotes:
DA Type:
unicast, multicast,
broadcast, dont_care
Dest Address:
000000000000 to
ffffffffffff, na
SA:
yes, dont_care
Source Address:
000000000000 to
ffffffffffff, na
Frame Type:
ethernet_type_2, 802_3,
dont_care
Protocol:
0000 to ffff, na
Data Length:
64 to 1550, na
Tagging:
tagged, untagged,
dont_care
VLAN ID:
0 to 4095, na
User Priority:
0 to 7, na

For example, if you issue a
command to set up the
receive profile to filter for
untagged frames, the string
of values might look like this:
"unicast,
00404D000001, yes,
00404D000002, 802_3.
0800, 64, untagged,
na, na"

ethernet_rx_profile_2

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic filtered
using receive profile 2.

See the description and values
for “ethernet_rx_profile_1” on
page 258.

ethernet_rx_profile_3

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic filtered
using receive profile 3.

See the description and values
for “ethernet_rx_profile_1” on
page 258.

ethernet_rx_profile_4

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic filtered
using receive profile 4.

See the description and values
for “ethernet_rx_profile_1” on
page 258.

258

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_rx_profile_ip_a
ddr

Specifies that the receive
profile should filter traffic for
a specific IP address.

Accepts an IP address, for
example: 128.118.200.4

ethernet_sa

Queries the FST-2802 for
the factory-assigned source
MAC address. FST-2802
displays ID.

N/A

ethernet_speed

Sets speed to 10 Mbps or
100 Mbps. Valid only when
ethernet_auto_negotia
tion is set to off.

10, 100

ethernet_traffic

Starts and stops traffic.

on, off

ethernet_tx_profile

Selects the Ethernet profile
you want to use when you
transmit traffic.

tx_profile_1,
tx_profile_2,
tx_profile_3,
tx_profile_loop

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

259

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_tx_profile_1

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic transmitted
using transmit profile 1. You
must specify a value for
each of the ten profile settings, even if they are not
applicable. The string of values must be enclosed in
quotes.

Accepts a string of 10 comma
delimited values, enclosed in
quotes:
DA Type:
unicast, multicast,
broadcast
DA:
000000000000 to
ffffffffffff, na
Frame Type:
ethernet_type_2, 802_3
Protocol:
0000 to ffff, na
Tagging:
tagged, untagged
VLAN ID:
0 to 4095, na
User Priority:
0 to 7, na
Length:
64, 128, 256, 512, 1024,
1280, 1518, user, jumbo
User Length:
64 to 1522, na
Jumbo Length:
1519 to 10000, na

For example, if you issue a
command to set up the
transmit profile to send
untagged 64 byte 802.3
frames to destination
address 00404D000001, the
string of values would look
like this:
"unicast,
00404D000001, 802_3,
0800, untagged, na,
na, 64, na, na"

ethernet_tx_profile_2

See the description for
“ethernet_tx_profile_
1” on page 260.

See the values for
“ethernet_tx_profile_1”
on page 260.

ethernet_tx_profile_3

See the description for
“ethernet_tx_profile_
1” on page 260.

See the values for
“ethernet_tx_profile_1”
on page 260.

260

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_tx_profile_loop

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic looped
back to the FST-2802 using
the profile. You must specify
a value for each of the ten
profile settings, even if they
are not applicable. The
string of values must be
enclosed in quotes.

Accepts 10 comma delimited
values, enclosed in quotes:
DA Type:
unicast, multicast,
broadcast
DA:
na
Frame Type:
ethernet_type_2, 802_3
Protocol:
0000 to ffff, na
Tagging:
tagged, untagged
VLAN ID:
0 to 4095, na
User Priority:
0 to 7, na
Length:
64, 128, 256, 512, 1024,
1280, 1518, user, jumbo
User Length:
64 to 1522, na
Jumbo Length:
1519 to 10000, na

For example, if you issue a
command to set up the loop
back profile to loop back
untagged 64 byte 802.3
frames from destination
address 00404D000001, the
values would look like this:
"unicast,
00404D000001, 802_3,
0800, untagged, na,
na, 64, na, na"
NOTE: When you perform
an automatic loopback using
the Loop Up button on the
traffic originating FST-2802,
the destination address for
the loopback profile is populated automatically with the
source address of the TestPad on the far end.
ethernet_tx_sa_type

Sets the transmitted source
address type to the factory
assigned source address
(tx_source_address) or
the user assigned source
address
(tx_user_define_sa).

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

tx_source_address,
tx_user_define_sa

261

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

ethernet_unit_text_id

Sets the user defined text ID
for each port on the FST2802. You must type the text
id in quotes. For example, if
you want to identify a port on
the FST-2802 as TP Port 1,
you must type “TP Port 1”.

Accepts a quoted string of up
to ten characters.

ethernet_user_tx_sa

Sets the transmitted userassigned source address.

000000000000 to
ffffffffffff

fibre_auto_llb

Turns line loopback feature
on or off.

on, off

fibre_burst_frame_size

Sets the size of burst
frames.

fixed, random

fibre_burst_load

Sets traffic load to bursty.

fibre_burst_numbers

Sets the number of burst
frames. Valid only when
fibre_burst_type is set
to FIXED.

Accepts a number from 1 to
65535.

fibre_burst_size

Sets burst size. If you type
“user”, you must also enter
the user-defined burst size
using the
fibre_burst_user_size
configuration ID.

16, 64, 256, 1024, user

fibre_burst_type

Specifies finite number
(fixed) or a continuous burst
of frames.

fixed, continuous

fibre_burst_user_size

Sets user-defined burst size.
Valid only when
fibre_burst_size is set
to user.

Accepts a number from 1 to
16500000.

fibre_const_load

Sets constant traffic load in
percentage of bandwidth utilization.

Accepts a number from 1 to
100.

fibre_load

Sets the Fibre Channel traffic load type.

burst, constant, ramp

262

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

fibre_loop_down

Issues loop down command.

on, off

fibre_loop_up

Issues loop up command.

on, off

fibre_pattern

Sets the Fibre Channel pattern.

rpat, jpat, spat

fibre_payload

Sets Fibre Channel transmit
frame payload type. If you
specify bert, you must also
specify the pattern for the
payload using the
ether_fibre_tx_l2_ber
t_patt command.

acterna, bert

fibre_ramp_load_step

Sets the load increment (as
a percentage of bandwidth)
for ramped traffic.

Accepts a number from 1 to
50.

fibre_ramp_number_droppe
d_frames

Sets the threshold for
dropped frames. Valid only
when
fibre_ramp_stop_on_dr
opped_frames is on.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1000000.

fibre_ramp_number_errore
d_frames

Sets the threshold for error
frames. Valid only when
fibre_ramp_stop_err_f
rames is on.

Accepts a number from 1 to
1000000.

fibre_ramp_state

Starts or stops ramp traffic.

on, off

fibre_ramp_stop_on_dropp
ed_frames

Set dropped frames as a criterion to stop ramp mode.

on, off

fibre_ramp_stop_on_error
ed_frames

Set error frames as a criterion to stop ramp mode.

on, off

fibre_ramp_time_step

Sets the time increment for
ramped traffic.

Accepts a number from 0.1 to
10.0.

fibre_rx_profile

Sets the Fibre Channel
receive profile.

rx_profile_1,
rx_profile_2,
rx_profile_3,
rx_profile_4

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

263

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

fibre_rx_profile_1

Accepts a string of 10 comma
delimited values, enclosed in
quotes:
Routing Filter:
yes, dont_care
Routing Ctrl:
00 to ff, na
Des ID Filter:
yes, dont_care
Destination ID:
010000 to efefff, na
Src ID Filter:
yes, dont_care
Source ID:
010000 to efefff, na
Data Filter:
yes, dont_care
Data Type:
00 to ff, na
Seq Filter:
yes, dont_care
Sequence Cnt:
00 to ff, na

For example, if you issue a
command to set up the
receive profile to filter for
frames originating from port
00012F, the string of values
might look like this:
"dont_care, na, yes,
01012F, dont_care,
na, dont_care, na,
dont_care, na"

fibre_rx_profile_2

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1”
on page 264

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1” on
page 264

fibre_rx_profile_3

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1”
on page 264

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1” on
page 264

fibre_rx_profile_4

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1”
on page 264

See the description for
“fibre_rx_profile_1” on
page 264

fibre_traffic

Starts and stops traffic.

on, off

264

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

fibre_tx_profile

Selects the Fibre Channel
profile you want to use when
you transmit traffic.

tx_profile_1,
tx_profile_2,
tx_profile_3,
tx_profile_loop

fibre_tx_profile_1

Sets the frame characteristics for the traffic transmitted
using transmit profile 1. You
must specify a value for
each of the seven profile settings, even if they are not
applicable. The string of values must be enclosed in
quotes.

Accepts a string of seven
comma delimited values,
enclosed in quotes:
Sequence ID:
00 to ff
Destination ID:
010000 to efefff, na
Source ID:
01000 to efefff, na
Originator ID:
0000 to ffff, na
Responder ID:
0000 to ffff, na
Length*:
28, 32, 512, 1024, 2076,
user
User Length*:
28 or 76 to 2076, na
*NOTE: The minimum frame
size for an Acterna payload is
76 bytes; the minimum frame
size for a BERT payload is 28
bytes.

For example, if you issue a
command to set up the
transmit profile to send 512
byte frames from sequence
ID 4F, source ID 00012F, to
destination ID 00043D, the
string of values would look
like this:
"4f, 00043D, 00012F,
na, na, 512, na"

fibre_tx_profile_2

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1”
on page 265.

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1” on
page 265.

fibre_tx_profile_3

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1”
on page 265.

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1” on
page 265.

fibre_tx_profile_loop

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1”
on page 265.

See the description for
“fibre_tx_profile_1” on
page 265.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

265

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 32 System configuration identifiers and values (Continued)
Configuration ID

Meaning

Configuration Values

fibre_unit_text_id

Accepts a quoted string of up
to ten characters.

laser_enable

Turns the laser on the FST2802 on or off.

off, on

config:all
Syntax
Remark

config:value

Syntax
Remark

config:id

Syntax

266

Lists the values of all applicable configurations for the port specified.

config:all? [-all]

The -all parameter returns all the configuration and associated
values regardless of their applicability to the current test.

Lists all of the possible currently applicable values for a configuration
on the port specified.

config:value? [-all]

The -all parameter returns a list of all possible values for the configuration identifier, regardless of applicability to the current test.

Lists all of the possible currently applicable configuration identifier
values on the port specified.

config:id? [-all]

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Remark

config:test
Syntax
Example

The -all parameter returns the list of all possible configurations,
regardless of applicability.

Sets the type of test you want to perform.

config:test

The following command is equivalent to selecting Term > 1G Ethernet
> Layer 2 Traffic on the TestPad:
config:test term_ethernet_1g

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

267

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Configuration commands

Table 33 lists the possible values for .

Table 33 Test configuration values
Configuration value
dualthru_ethernet_10_100
dualthru_ethernet_1g
dualthru_fibre_chan_1g
dualthru_fibre_chan_2g
thru_ethernet_10_100
thru_ethernet_10_100_ip
thru_ethernet_1g
thru_ethernet_1g_ip
thru_ethernet_unfrm_1g_bert
thru_fibre_chan_1g
thru_fibre_chan_1g_pattern
thru_fibre_chan_2g
thru_fibre_chan_2g_pattern
thru_fibre_unfrm_1g_bert
thru_fibre_unfrm_2g_bert
term_ethernet_10_100
term_ethernet_10_100_ping
term_ethernet_1g
term_ethernet_1g_pattern
term_ethernet_1g_ping
term_ethernet_unfrm_1g_bert
term_fibre_chan_1g
term_fibre_chan_1g_pattern
term_fibre_chan_2g
term_fibre_chan_2g_pattern
term_fibre_unfrm_1g_bert
term_fibre_unfrm_2g_bert

268

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Result commands
Use result commands to query the test set for the current value of a
results field. After you issue a result command, the test set responds
with the current value of the result. If the result is unavailable or not
applicable to the current test, the message appears, UNAVAILABLE or
N/A respectively.

result

Displays the result of a field for the port specified.

Syntax

result:

Example

The following command displays the current result of the
Delay, Avg (us) field on port 1.
result:ethernet_delay_avg? port_1

result:all
Syntax
Remark

result:id
Syntax

result:summary

Lists all test results generated by a test on the port specified.

result:all? [-all]

The -all parameter returns all results regardless of their applicability
to the current test.

Lists all test result fields for the specified port.

result:id?

Lists the results that are currently available in the Summary category
for the port specified.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

269

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Syntax
Remark

LED result field
IDs

result:summary?

If the FST-2802 does not detect any errors on the port specified, the
message All Summary Results OK appears.

Table 34 lists the LED result field identifiers.

Table 34 LED result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ether_fibre_l1_patt_sync

For layer 1 tests, indicates the data contained
on the incoming bit stream is synchronized
with a BERT pattern.

ether_fibre_l2_patt_sync

For layer 2 tests, indicates the data contained
inside the frame payload is synchronized with
a BERT pattern.

ether_fibre_l1_patt_sync_history
ether_fibre_l2_patt_sync_history

Indicates the TestPad could not achieve pattern synchronization (when performing layer 1
or layer 2 BERT testing) at some point in the
past.

ethernet_10_100_link_active
ethernet_1G_link_active
fibre_link_active

Indicates whether a link is active.

ethernet_10_100_lnk_act_hist
ethernet_1G_link_active_history
fibre_link_active_history

Indicates the link was lost at some point in the
past.

ethernet_10_100_sync_history
ethernet_1G_sync_history
fibre_word_sync_history
ether_fibre_l1_bert_word_sync_history

Indicates synchronization was lost at some
point in the past.

ethernet_10_100_sync
ethernet_1G_sync
fibre_word_sync
ether_fibre_l1_bert_word_sync

Indicates whether synchronization has been
achieved.

270

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 34 LED result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_signal_history
fibre_signal_history
ether_fibre_l1_bert_signal_history

Indicates a 1G or 2G signal was lost at some
point in the past.

ethernet_signal_present
fibre_signal_present
ether_fibre_l1_bert_signal_present

Indicates whether a 1G or 2G signal is
present.

ethernet_sw_frm_detect_history
fibre_sw_frm_detect_history

Indicates the TestPad did not detect frames at
some point in the past.

ethernet_sw_frm_detect
fibre_sw_frm_detect

Indicates whether the TestPad has detected
frames.

ethernet_sw_vlan_frm_detect

Indicates whether the TestPad has detected
VLAN tagged frames as defined in IEEE
802.p/q. This result is only available to TestPads with the VLAN Tagging option.

ethernet_sw_vlan_frm_detect_hist

Indicates the TestPad could not detect VLAN
tagged frames at some point in the past. This
result is only available to TestPads with the
VLAN Tagging option.

Signal result field
IDs

Table 35 lists the Signal result field identifiers. The Signal result field
identifiers are only available for 1G and 2G tests.

Table 35 Signal result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_gbic_module

Informs you of the type of Gigabit Interface Converter
(GBIC) the TestPad detects in each GBIC port, and
indicates whether detected GBICs are not supported,
or if there is no GBIC detected.

fibre_gbic_module

See “ethernet_gbic_module” on page 271.

Link Stats result
field IDs

Table 36 lists the Link Stats field identifiers.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

271

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 36 Link Stats result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_delay_avg

The average round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

ethernet_delay_max

The maximum round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

ethernet_delay_min

The minimum round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

ethernet_frm_rate_avg
fibre_frm_rate_avg

The average rate of received frames,
expressed in frames per second. The average
is calculated over the time period elapsed since
the last test restart.

ethernet_frm_rate_cur
fibre_frm_rate_cur

The current rate of received frames, expressed
in frames per second. This measurement is an
average taken over the prior second of test
time.

ethernet_frm_rate_min
fibre_frm_rate_min

The minimum rate of received frames over a
one second period, expressed in frames per
second.

ethernet_frm_rate_peak
fibre_frm_rate_peak

The maximum rate of received frames over a
one second period, expressed in frames per
second.

ethernet_frm_size_max
fibre_frm_size_max

The minimum frame size of frames received
since frame detection.

ethernet_frm_size_min
fibre_frm_size_min

The maximum frame size of frames received
since frame detection.

ethernet_rx_mbps_tot_util_cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the received
traffic expressed in megabits per second. This
measurement is an average taken over the
prior second of test time.

ethernet_service_disruption_time

The service disruption time (maximum interframe gap) when service switches to a protect
line calculated in milli-seconds.

ethernet_test_secs

The number of seconds since the last test
restart.

272

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 36 Link Stats result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_tot_util_avg
fibre_tot_util_avg

The average bandwidth utilized by the received
traffic, expressed as a percentage of the line
rate of available bandwidth since the last test
restart. The average is calculated over the time
period elapsed since the last test restart.

ethernet_tot_util_cur
fibre_tot_util_cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the received
traffic expressed as a percentage of the entire
1 Gbps or 2 Gbps of available bandwidth. This
measurement is an average taken over the
prior second of test time.

ethernet_tot_util_peak
fibre_tot_util_peak

The peak bandwidth utilized by the received
traffic since the last test restart expressed as a
percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth.

ethernet_tx_mbps_tot_util_cur
fibre_tx_bits_tot_util_cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the transmitted traffic expressed in megabits per second
(Ethernet), or bits per second (Fibre Channel).
This measurement is an average taken over
the prior second of test time.

Link Counts result
field IDs

Table 37 describe the Link Counts result field identifiers.

Table 37 Link Counts result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_10_100_rx_collision_cnt

For 10/100 half duplex tests, a count of the
number of times the TestPad has received a
jam signal while it was not transmitting frames.

ethernet_10_100_tx_collision_cnt

For 10/100 half duplex tests, a count of the
number of times the TestPad has transmitted
a frame, and then received a jam signal in the
time slot for the frame.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

273

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 37 Link Counts result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_10_100_tx_late_collision_cnt

A count of the number of times the TestPad
has transmitted a frame, and then experiences
a collision more than 64 byte times after the
transmission begins. Result only appears for
half-duplex 10/100 tests.

ethernet_broadcast_frm_cnt

The number of broadcast frames received
since the last test restart.

ethernet_frm_1024_to_1518_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 1024 bytes to 1518 bytes.

ethernet_frm_128_to_255_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 128 bytes to 255 bytes.

ethernet_frm_256_to_511_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 256 bytes to 511 bytes.

ethernet_frm_512_to_1023_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 512 bytes to 1023 bytes.

ethernet_frm_64_count

A count of 64 byte long frames.

ethernet_frm_65_to_127_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 65 bytes to 127 bytes.

ethernet_multicast_frm_cnt

The number of multicast frames received
since the last test restart.

ethernet_pause_frm_cnt

The number of pause frames received from a
remote Ethernet device since the last test
restart.

ethernet_rx_acterna_frm

The number of frames with an Acterna payload received since the last test restart.

ethernet_rx_atp_frames

A count of received frames with Acterna test
packets (ATP).

ethernet_rx_frm_cnt
fibre_rx_frm_cnt

The number of frames received since the last
test restart.

ethernet_tx_10_100_defer_cnt

For 10/100 half duplex tests, a count of the
number of times the transmitter prepared to
send traffic, and then was forced to defer
based on link activity.

274

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 37 Link Counts result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_tx_frm_cnt
fibre_tx_frm_cnt

The number of frames transmitted since the
last test restart.

ethernet_unicast_frm_cnt

The number of unicast frames received since
the last test restart.

ethernet_vlan_tagged_frm_cnt

A count of received VLAN frames as defined in
IEEE 802.p/q.

fibre_frm_1024_to_2140_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 1024 bytes to 2140 bytes.

fibre_frm_128_to_252_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 128 bytes to 252 bytes.

fibre_frm_256_to_508_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 256 bytes to 508 bytes.

fibre_frm_28_to_64_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 28 bytes to 64 bytes.

fibre_frm_512_to_1020_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 512 bytes to 1020 bytes.

fibre_frm_68_to_124_count

A count of frames with frame lengths ranging
from 68 bytes to 124 bytes.

Filter Stats result
field IDs

Table 38 describes the Filter Stats result field identifiers.

Table 38 Filter Stats result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_masked_delay_avg

The average round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

ethernet_masked_delay_max

The maximum round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

275

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 38 Filter Stats result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_masked_delay_min

The minimum round trip delay calculated in
microseconds. You must transmit an Acterna
payload to calculate round trip delay.

ethernet_masked_frm_rate_avg
fibre_masked_frm_rate_avg

The average rate of filtered frames, expressed in
frames per second. The average is calculated
over the time period elapsed since the last test
restart.

ethernet_masked_frm_rate_cur
fibre_masked_frm_rate_cur

The current rate of filtered frames, expressed in
frames per second. This measurement is an
average taken over the prior second of test time.

ethernet_masked_frm_rate_min
fibre_masked_frm_rate_min

The minimum rate of filtered frames over a one
second period, expressed in frames per second.

ethernet_masked_frm_rate_peak
fibre_masked_frm_rate_peak

The maximum rate of filtered frames over a one
second period, expressed in frames per second.

ethernet_masked_frm_size_max
fibre_masked_frm_size_max

The maximum frame size of filtered frames
received since frame detection.

ethernet_masked_frm_size_min
fibre_masked_frm_size_min

The minimum frame size of filtered frames
received since frame detection.

ethernet_masked_util_avg
fibre_masked_util_avg

The average bandwidth utilized by the filtered
traffic, expressed as a percentage of the line
rate of available bandwidth since the last test
restart. The average is calculated over the time
period elapsed since the last test restart.

ethernet_masked_util_cur
fibre_masked_util_cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the filtered
traffic expressed as a percentage of the line rate
of available bandwidth. This measurement is an
average taken over the prior second of test time.

ethernet_masked_util_peak
fibre_masked_util_peak

The peak bandwidth utilized by the filtered traffic
since the last test restart expressed as a percentage of the line rate of available bandwidth.

ethernet_rx_mbps_masked_util_cur

The current bandwidth utilized by the filtered
traffic expressed in megabits per second. This
measurement is an average taken over the prior
second of test time.

276

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Filter Counts
result field IDs

Table 39 describes the Filter Counts result field identifiers.

Table 39 Filter Counts field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_masked_bcast_frm_cnt

A count of filtered multicast frames received
since the last test restart.

ethernet_masked_frm_1024_to_1518

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 1024 bytes to 1518 bytes.

ethernet_masked_frm_128_to_255

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 128 bytes to 255 bytes.

ethernet_masked_frm_256_to_511

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 256 bytes to 511 bytes.

ethernet_masked_frm_512_to_1023

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 512 bytes to 1023 bytes.

ethernet_masked_frm_64_count

A count of 64 byte long filtered frames.

ethernet_masked_frm_65_to_127

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 65 bytes to 127 bytes.

ethernet_masked_frm_cnt
fibre_masked_frm_cnt

A count of the total number of filtered frames
received since frame detection.

ethernet_masked_mcast_frm_cnt

A count of filtered broadcast frames received
since the last test restart.

ethernet_masked_rx_acterna_frm

A count of filtered frames with Acterna test payload.

ethernet_masked_rx_atp_frames

A count of filtered frames with Acterna test packets (ATP).

ethernet_masked_unicast_frm_cnt

A count of filtered unicast frames received since
the last test restart.

ethernet_masked_vlan_frm_cnt

A count of filtered VLAN frames as defined in
IEEE 802.p/q.

fibre_masked_frm_1024_to_2140_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 1024 bytes to 2140 bytes.

fibre_masked_frm_128_to_252_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 128 bytes to 252 bytes.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

277

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 39 Filter Counts field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

fibre_masked_frm_256_to_508_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 256 bytes to 508 bytes.

fibre_masked_frm_28_to_64_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 28 bytes to 64 bytes.

fibre_masked_frm_512_to_1020_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 512 bytes to 1020 bytes.

fibre_masked_frm_68_to_124_count

A count of filtered frames with frame lengths
ranging from 68 bytes to 124 bytes.

Error Stats result
field IDs

Table 40 describes the Error Stats result field identifiers.

Table 40 Error Stats result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ether_fibre_code_violation_rate

The ratio of frames with code violations tot he number of frames expected.

ether_fibre_code_violation_secs

A count of the number of seconds during which
code violations occurred.

ether_fibre_code_violations

A count of each invalid 10-bit code word in the bit
stream.

ethernet_errored_frm

A summed count of FCS Errored Frames, Runts,
Jabbers, Undersized Frames, and Oversized
Frames.

ethernet_fcs_err_frm

A count of frames containing Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) errors.

ethernet_jabber

A count of received frames that have a byte value
greater than the maximum frame length of 1518
bytes (or 1522 bytes for VLAN tagged frames) and
an errored FCS.

278

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 40 Error Stats result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_lost_frm
fibre_lost_frm

A count of lost Acterna test frames. For example, if
the TestPad detects sequence numbers: 1, 2, 3, 6,
7, 8, (frames 4 and 5 were not detected), the lost
frame count is incremented by two (frames 4 and 5
are lost). If the TestPad then detects sequence
numbers 9, 10, 14, 15, 16 (frames 11, 12, and 13
are missing), the lost frame count is incremented
by three, resulting in a total count of five lost
frames.
NOTE: If the TestPad receives errored frames containing errors in the sequence number field, the
Lost Frames count will be incorrect.

ethernet_oos_frame_count
fibre_oos_frame_count

A count of each instance where the TestPad
detects out of sequence Acterna test frames. For
example, if the TestPad detects sequence numbers: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, (frame 6 is detected immediately following frame 3), the out of sequence count
is incremented by one, resulting in a count of one
instance of out of sequence frames. If the TestPad
then detects sequence numbers 9, 10, 14, 15, 16
(frame 14 is detected immediately following frame
10), the out of sequence number is incremented
again by one, resulting in a total count of two
instances of out of sequence frames.

ethernet_oversized_frm

A count of frames over the maximum 1518 byte
frame length (1522 for VLAN tagged frames).

ethernet_runt

A count of frames under the required 64 byte frame
length containing FCS errors.

ethernet_symbol_error

A count of invalid 10-bit code words received on
the physical layer. This result will not increment
more than one time per frame.

ethernet_undersized_frm

A count of frames under the minimum 64 byte
frame length.

fibre_errored_frm

A summed count of CRC Errored Frames, Runts,
Jabbers, Undersized Frames, and Oversized
Frames.

fibre_crc_frm

A count of frames containing Cyclic Redundancy
Check (CRC) errors.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

279

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 40 Error Stats result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

fibre_jabber

A count of received frames that have a byte value
greater than the maximum frame length of 2140
bytes with an errored FCS.

fibre_oversized_frm

A count of frames over the maximum 2140 byte
frame length.

fibre_runt

A count of frames under the required 28 byte frame
length containing CRC errors.

fibre_symbol_error

A count of invalid 10-bit code words received on
the physical layer. This result will not increment
more than one time per frame.

fibre_undersized_frm

A count of frames under the minimum 28 byte
frame length.

AutoNeg Status
result field IDs

Table 41 describes the AutoNeg Status result field identifiers.

Table 41 AutoNeg Status result field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_10_100_dplx_detect

Indicates the negotiated duplex setting for
the link (half or full).

ethernet_10_100_link_ad_stat

Indicates that the FST-2802 has received a
valid auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the far end Ethernet device and
sent an acknowledgement.

ethernet_10_100_link_config_ack

Indicates that the far end Ethernet device
has acknowledged the receipt of a valid
auto-negotiation capability advertisement
from the FST-2802.

ethernet_10_100_remote_fault
ethernet_1G_remote_fault

If supported by the far end Ethernet device,
indicates a reason for auto-negotiation failure. If auto-negotiation succeeded, the
result will read “NO”.

ethernet_10_100_speed_detect

Indicates the negotiated speed setting for
the link (10 or 100 Mbps).

280

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 41 AutoNeg Status result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_100_fdx
ethernet_10_fdx
ethernet_1G_fdx

Indicates that the far end Ethernet device is
full duplex capable.

ethernet_100_hdx
ethernet_10_hdx
ethernet_1G_hdx

Indicates that the far end Ethernet device is
half duplex capable.

ethernet_1G_link_ad_status

Indicates that the FST-2802 has received a
valid auto-negotiation capability advertisement from the far end Ethernet device and
sent an acknowledgement.

ethernet_1G_link_config_ack

Indicates that the far end Ethernet device
has acknowledged the receipt of a valid
auto-negotiation capability advertisement
from the FST-2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

281

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 41 AutoNeg Status result field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_1G_pause_capable

Indicates the flow control capabilities of the
far end Ethernet device. Those capabilities
are:
– TX Only:
The far end Ethernet device will transmit
PAUSE frames to alert the FST-2802 to
reduce the transmitted bandwidth, however it will not reduce its transmitted
bandwidth if it receives PAUSE frames.
– RX Only:
The far end Ethernet device will reduce
its transmitted bandwidth if it receives
PAUSE frames but it will not transmit
PAUSE frames to alert the FST-2802 to
reduce the transmitted bandwidth.
– TX and RX:
The far end Ethernet device will transmit
PAUSE frames to alert the FST-2802 to
reduce the transmitted bandwidth and it
will reduce its transmitted bandwidth if it
receives PAUSE frames
– Neither TX and RX:
The far end Ethernet device will not
transmit PAUSE frames to alert the FST2802 to reduce the transmitted bandwidth and it will not reduce its transmitted bandwidth if it receives PAUSE
frames.

Pattern Stats
result field IDs

Table 42 describes the Pattern Stats result field identifiers.

Table 42 Pattern Stats field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_rx_frm_cnt

The number of valid and errored Ethernet
frames received since the link was established.

ethernet_tx_frm_cnt

The number of Ethernet frames transmitted
since the link was established.

282

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 42 Pattern Stats field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

fibre_rx_frm_cnt

The number of valid and errored Fibre Channel
frames received since the link was established.

fibre_tx_frm_cnt

The number of Fibre Channel frames transmitted since the link was established.

Ping Stats result
field IDs

Table 43 describes the Ping Stats result field identifiers.

Table 43 Ping Stats field identifiers
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_ping_lost_pings

Count of Ping requests sent by the FST-2802
for which replies were not received within 3
seconds.

ethernet_ping_rt_delay

The round trip delay for the last ping sent and
successfully received by theFST-2802. Calculated in microseconds.

ethernet_ping_rt_delay_avg

The round trip delay for all pings sent and successfully received by the FST-2802 since the
last test restart. Calculated in microseconds.

ethernet_ping_rt_delay_max

The maximum round trip delay for pings sent
and successfully received by the FST-2802.
Calculated in microseconds.

ethernet_ping_rt_delay_min

The minimum round trip delay for pings sent
and successfully received by the FST-2802.
Calculated in microseconds.

ethernet_ping_rx_requests

Count of the Ping requests received by the
FST-2802 (in other words, requests sent to the
FST-2802’s IP address) from another Layer 3
device on the network.

ethernet_ping_rx_responses

Count of the responses received to ping
requests sent by the FST-2802.

ethernet_ping_tx_requests

Count of the ping requests sent from the FST2802.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

283

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Result commands

Table 43 Ping Stats field identifiers (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ethernet_ping_tx_responses

Count of the Ping responses sent by the FST2802 as replies to ping requests. Each time a
ping request is received, the FST-2802
responds and this counter is incremented by
one.

L1 Bert Stats
result field IDs

Table 44 describes the L1 Bert Stats result field identifiers.

Table 44 L1 Bert Stats results
Field Identifier

Description

ether_fibre_l1_ber

The ratio of pattern bit errors to received pattern
bits since initially acquiring pattern synchronization.

ether_fibre_l1_bit_error_seconds

The number of seconds during which one or more
pattern bit errors occurred since initial pattern synchronization.

ether_fibre_l1_bit_errors

A count of the number of received bits in a recognized pattern that do not match the expected value.

ether_fibre_l1_total_bits

The total number of bits received since initial pattern synchronization.

L2 Bert Stats
result field IDs

Table 45 describes the L2 Bert Stats result field identifiers.

Table 45 L2 Bert Stats results
Field Identifier

Description

ether_fibre_l2_ber

The ratio of pattern bit errors to received pattern bits
since initially acquiring frame synchronization.
NOTE: This ratio is determined using only the bits in
the payload of the frame.

284

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Event commands

Table 45 L2 Bert Stats results (Continued)
Field Identifier

Description

ether_fibre_l2_bit_error_second
s

The number of seconds during which one or more
pattern bit errors occurred since initial frame synchronization.

ether_fibre_l2_bit_errors

A count of the number of received bits in a recognized pattern that do not match the expected value
since initially acquiring frame synchronization.

ether_fibre_l2_total_bits

The total number of bits received since initial frame
synchronization.

Event commands
Use event commands to either initiate an event or query for an event
or series of events. Examples of initiated events are inserting an error
or restarting a test.

event

Initiates or displays an event (specified by event and value) on the
port specified.

Syntax

event: [event_arg]

Initiates event_id with the associated argument on the port specified. Table 46 lists the available event IDs and associated arguments
for this syntax.
event:?

Lists all events for the event_id on the port specified.
event:all?

Lists all events on the port specified.
event:clear

Clears the event storage on the port specified.
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

285

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Event commands

event:id?

Returns the event ids for the port specified.
event:value?

Returns the event values for the port specified.
Example

The following command restarts a test on port 1:
event:test_restart port_1

Remark

Event commands

Not all events require a value.

Table 46 lists parameters for event change command identifiers and
arguments.

Table 46 Event change command identifiers and arguments
Event Identifier

Description

Event Argument

error_insert

inserts an error

none

novram_clear

Clears NOVRAM

none

test_restart

Causes a test restart

none

ethernet_reset_svc_disruption

Resets the service disruption test.

none

Table 47 lists event responses to the event:all? or
event: command.

Table 47 Event responses
Response

Description

ethernet_link_status_change
fibre_link_status_change

Indicates whether the status of the link has
changed.

ethernet_loop_response
fibre_loop_response

Provides the response from the far end FST2802 when looping up or down.

286

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Miscellaneous commands

Table 47 Event responses (Continued)
Response

Description

ethernet_loop_timeout
fibre_loop_timeout

Indicates your attempt to loop up or down has
timed out with no response.

ethernet_optical_gbic
fibre_optical_gbic

Indicates a GBIC has been inserted or removed
from the FST-2802.

ethernet_ping_done

Indicates a ping was successful.

ethernet_ping_fail

Indicates a ping has failed.

ethernet_ramp_abort
fibre_ramp_abort

Indicates a ramp was aborted.

ethernet_ramp_stopped
fibre_ramp_stopped

Indicates a ramp is complete.

Miscellaneous commands
Use miscellaneous commands to perform a variety of functions with
the FST-2802.

hello

Syntax

help
Syntax
Example

Lists the identification, revisions, and installed options of the FST2802. The output corresponds with the information on the “Revisions
and Options” screen on the test set.

hello

Lists the syntax and a brief description of each command.

help or ?

The following appears for the print command:

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

287

Appendix B Remote Control Commands
Miscellaneous commands

print:results [-save]results

id
Syntax

options

Syntax

print
Syntax

Returns a printout of the

Displays the identification of the FST-2802.

id?

Lists the configuring options installed on the TestPad. The output
corresponds with information on the “Revisions and Options” screen.

options?

Prints TestPad information.

print:controls [-save]

Lists the current configuration of the TestPad.
print:results [-save]

Lists the current results of the TestPad.
Remark

rev

Syntax

288

Use the -save option to save the output in the print queue.

Lists the revisions of software and hardware installed on the FST2802.

rev?

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C

Customer Services

C
This chapter describes the customer services available through
Acterna. Topics discussed in this appendix are as follows:
– “About our services” on page 290
– “Customer care” on page 290
– “Global services and solutions” on page 295

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

289

Appendix C Customer Services
About our services

About our services
Acterna offers an unmatched portfolio of services to deploy, support
and innovate purchased equipment through its Customer Care and
Global Services and Solutions organizations. Customer Care is standard with every product sale and consists of business hours technical
assistance, in-warranty repair, calibration, and upgrade services.
Global Services and Solutions provides professional services to optimize product capabilities and maximize efficiencies, including field
engineering and deployment, technical training, product support,
consulting and custom software development. Together these organizations supply the services necessary successfully utilize purchased
equipment.

Customer care
Customer Care is accompanied with the sale of every Acterna product.
Customer Care services include:
– Needs Analysis on Products and Services
– Comprehensive Product and Service Literature
– Pre-Sales Consulting
– Technical Assistance (Business Hours)
– Instrument Repair (Under Warranty Repair and Calibration
Services)
– Immediate Return Authorizations
Contact a Customer Care representative through your local distributor
or by accessing www.acterna.com for information on upgrades, calibration, warranty policies or any of Global Services and Solutions
offerings. Representatives also provide assistance with product
repairs and returns.

Technical
assistance
(business hours)

290

Expert business hours technical support, including help with product
configuration, circuit qualification, and complete network trouble
sectionalization is provided with your product (see “Technical assis-

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C Customer Services
Customer care

tance” on page xxiii). For around-the-clock support, 7x24 technical
assistance may be purchased through Global Services and Solutions
FleetCare program (see “Product support” on page 297).

Instrument repair

Our service centers provide repair, calibration and upgrade services
for under warranty equipment. Acterna understands the impact of
equipment down time on operations and is staffed to ensure a quick
turnaround. Available services include the following:
Product Repair — All equipment returned for service is tested to the
same rigorous standards as newly manufactured equipment. This
ensures products meet all published specifications, including any
applicable product updates.
Calibration — Acterna’s calibration methods are ISO 9001 approved
and based on NIST standards.
Factory Upgrades — Any unit returned for a hardware feature
enhancement will also receive applicable product updates and will be
thoroughly tested, ensuring peak performance of the complete feature
set.

Additional repair, calibration and upgrade services are available for
purchase through Global Services and Solutions (see “Product
support” on page 297).

Equipment return
instructions

Please contact your local Customer Care location via telephone or
web site for Return or Reference Authorization to accompany your
equipment. For each piece of equipment returned for repair, attach a
tag that includes the following information:
– Owner’s name, address, and telephone number.
– The serial number, product type, and model.
– Warranty status. (If you are unsure of the warranty status of your
instrument, contact Acterna Customer Care.)
– A detailed description of the problem or service requested.
– The name and telephone number of the person to contact
regarding questions about the repair.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

291

Appendix C Customer Services
Customer care

– The return authorization (RA) number (US customers), or reference number (European Customers).
If possible, return the equipment using the original shipping container
and material. If the original container is not available, the unit should
be carefully packed so that it will not be damaged in transit; when
needed, appropriate packing materials can be obtained by contacting
Acterna Customer Care. Acterna is not liable for any damage that may
occur during shipping. The customer should clearly mark the Acternaissued RA or reference number on the outside of the package and ship
it prepaid and insured to Acterna.

Warranty
information

The warranties described herein shall apply to all commercially available Acterna products. Any additional or different warranties shall
apply only if agreed to by Acterna in writing. These warranties are not
transferable without the express written consent of Acterna.
Hardware Warranty — Acterna warrants that Hardware Product
sold to customer shall, under normal use and service, be free from
defects in materials and workmanship. Information regarding the
specific warranty period for this product can be obtained by
contacting your local Acterna Customer Service Representative,
or at our web site www.acterna.com. If installation services have
been ordered, the warranty period shall begin on the earlier of (1)
completion of installation, or (2) thirty (30) days after shipment to
Customer. If Installation Services have not been ordered, the
warranty period shall begin upon shipment to Customer. Hereafter
these periods of time shall be collectively referred to as the “Initial
Warranty Period.”

Acterna’s obligation and customer’s sole remedy under this Hardware Warranty is limited to the repair or replacement, at Acterna’s
option, of the defective product. Acterna shall have no obligation
to remedy any such defect if it can be shown: (a) that the Product
was altered, repaired, or reworked by any party other than Acterna
without Acterna’s written consent; (b) that such defects were the
result of customer’s improper storage, mishandling, abuse, or
misuse of Product; (c) that such defects were the result of
customer’s use of Product in conjunction with equipment electronically or mechanically incompatible or of an inferior quality; or (d)
that the defect was the result of damage by fire, explosion, power
failure, or any act of nature.

292

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C Customer Services
Customer care

Acterna performed repairs shall be warranted from defective
material and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days, or until
the end of the Initial Warranty Period, whichever is longer. Risk of
loss or damage to Product returned to Acterna for repair or
replacement shall be borne by customer until delivery to Acterna.
Upon delivery of such product, Acterna shall assume the risk of
loss or damage until that time that the product being repaired or
replaced is returned and delivered to customer. Customer shall
pay all transportation costs for equipment or software shipped to
Acterna for repair or replacement. Acterna shall pay all transportation costs associated with returning repaired or replaced product
to customer.
Software Warranty — Acterna warrants that Software Products
licensed to Customer shall, under normal use and service, and for
a period of ninety (90) days from the date of shipment of the Software to Licensee (the “Warranty Period”), perform in all material
respects in accordance with the published specifications for such
Software as established by Acterna. However, Acterna does not
warrant that the Software will operate uninterrupted or error free,
operate in the combination with other software, meet Customer’s
requirements, or that its use will be uninterrupted.

Acterna’s obligation and Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy
under this Software Warranty is limited to, at Acterna’s option,
either (i) correcting the material errors reported to Acterna in
writing by Customer during the Warranty Period and which
Acterna is able to reproduce, (ii) replacing such defective Software, provided that Acterna received written notice of such defect
within the Warranty Period, or (iii) provided that Acterna received
written notice of such defect within the Warranty Period, terminating the License and, upon return to Acterna of the Software,
Documentation and all other materials provided by Acterna under
the applicable License, providing Customer with a refund of all
charges paid with respect thereto. Acterna shall have no warranty
obligations hereunder if (a) the Software is altered or modified or
is merged with other software by Customer or any third party or (b)
all or any part of the Software is installed on any computer equipment other than the Designated Server or used with any operating
system for which the Software is not designed. Acterna’s obligation and Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Software Warranty is limited to, at Acterna’s option, either (i) correcting
the material errors reported to Acterna in writing by Customer
during the Warranty Period and which Acterna is able to reproduce, (ii) replacing such defective Software, provided that Acterna
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

293

Appendix C Customer Services
Customer care

received written notice of such defect within the Warranty Period,
or (iii) provided that Acterna received written notice of such defect
within the Warranty Period, terminating the License and, upon
return to Acterna of the Software, Documentation and all other
materials provided by Acterna under the applicable License,
providing Customer with a refund of all charges paid with respect
thereto. Acterna shall have no warranty obligations hereunder if
(a) the Software is altered or modified or is merged with other software by Customer or any third party or (b) all or any part of the
Software is installed on any computer equipment other than the
Designated Server or used with any operating system for which
the Software is not designed. Customer acknowledges that the
Software Products provided by Acterna hereunder may contain
third party software not produced by Acterna (a "Third Party
Supplier Product"). To the extent that the rights Acterna grants to
Customer consist of use of Third Party Supplier Products obtained
and provided under a GNU General Public License ("General
Public Software"), the following notice is required and shall govern
the use of such General Public License Software: (1) this program
is free software; you can distribute it and/or modify it under the
terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
without even the IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details. If you would like to
receive further details concerning the use of such General Public
License Software or would like to receive a copy of the GNU
General Public License, please make a written request to Acterna,
12410 Milestone Center Drive, Germantown, Maryland 208764023 or write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Services Warranty — Acterna warrants that the Services
provided by Acterna, if any, shall be performed promptly, diligently
and in a professional manner in accordance with the commercial
standards of the industry. Acterna shall not, however, be responsible for any delays that are not due to Acterna’s fault or negligence or that could not have reasonably been foreseen or
provided against.

294

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER — FOR HARDWARE, SOFTWARE,
AND/OR SERVICES FURNISHED BY ACTERNA, THE FOREGOING
WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTEES AND
CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. ACTERNA SPECIFICALLY
DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, ON ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION
OR SERVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES
RELATING TO QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, NONINFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
AS WELL AS THOSE ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING,
USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
WILL ACTERNA BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATED TO BREACH OF THIS
WARRANTY.

Global services and solutions
Global Services and Solutions markets a broad portfolio of services to
enable customers to aggressively build their competitive advantage
within the markets they serve. Global Services and Solutions innovative offerings respond to our customers’ dynamic needs:
– System deployment and field engineering services
– Technical training
– Product support
– Consulting
– Custom software development
– Integrated service programs
Additional information can also be found on our web site under
Services.

System
deployment and
field engineering

Acterna offers a range of support services for our centralized test
systems, designed around the needs of the customer’s network. Field
engineering and deployment services provide a variety of options for
implementing the test system into the network.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

295

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

Deployment — Thorough deployment process covers the initial site
survey through hardware and software installation, allowing rapid integration of systems product into customers’ environment without the
use of their own resources. Deployment includes survey, configuration, installation of hardware and software, site planning, cabling,
acceptance testing, staging, certification and system documentation.
Basic Service for Systems — In today’s fast-paced world of communications, network operators are deploying increasingly complex
communications test and management systems. Acterna’s Basic
Service for Systems is designed to provide the system experts,
support and methodologies to facilitate the integration of systems
products into customers’ environments. Basic Service for Systems
encompasses system deployment, training, software upgrades, technical assistance and repair. This service is subject to availability,
please visit www.acterna.com or contact Customer Care for additional
information.

Training

Instructor-led training

Acterna delivers training in instructor-led or alternative learning
formats that are flexible, convenient, and timely. Our training solutions
portfolio consists of network-specific test and management tools for
optical transport, cable, access, data, and wireless environments.
Public courses (Acterna sites)

Public courses help participants quickly acquire fundamental skills or
broaden their communications knowledge with advanced instruction.
Our courses deliver the ideal mix of theory and practice.
On-site training (Customer site)

Acterna provides practical, customized instruction at the customer’s
designated site. Whether your goal is to shorten turn-up times or
increase operation-wide efficiency, on-site training can be a cost-effective way to train from one to 10 participants. Prior to training, the
instructor contacts the customer to ensure the course content is
aligned with the organization’s training needs. We conduct step-bystep reviews of current technologies and products to help both new
and experienced technicians translate theory into practical, hands-on
expertise.

296

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

When scheduling an on-site course, please note that Acterna requires
a minimum commitment of two consecutive days of training. Courses
that are only one day in duration may either be paired with another
course for a minimum total of two training days, or presented on two
consecutive days to different groups of participants.
Alternative learning

Courseware licensing program and train-the-trainer

Recommended for customers with internal training departments,
Acterna’s Courseware Licensing Program is a fast, affordable alternative that allows our customers to train their own staff using Acterna’s
courseware. Each course provides comprehensive instructor and
participant materials to ensure consistent content delivery for the
length of the agreement. A critical part of Courseware Licensing is the
Train-the-Trainer program, which prepares the organization’s own
instructors to deliver Acterna training courses. Courseware Licensing
is sold in increments of one, two, or three years.
Computer-based training (CBT)

By blending learning with technology, Acterna’s CBT program
provides our customers with a cost-effective way to learn technology
fundamentals and product applications. Topics include ATM, Frame
Relay, ISDN, LAN Basics, Fiber Optics, and more. CBTs are designed
to complement both public and on-site training; they can serve to
prepare students for classroom Acterna courses or be used after
instructor-led training to reinforce learning. In addition to our pre-packaged CBTs, Acterna custom-develops CBTs to meet your organization’s training needs.
To enroll in a course or for more information on the variety of Acterna
training programs available, call 1-800-638-2049 or visit
www.acterna.com and complete the Training Requirement Form.

Product support

To continue repair, maintenance and upgrades after a product’s
warranty expires, Acterna offers a variety of product support plans.
FleetCare — Designed for customers with ten or more Acterna products, FleetCare extends each product’s initial factory warranty to
include repair parts, labor and one-way shipping. FleetCare allows

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

297

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

customers to upgrade the base package with a variety of options,
including Calibration Plans, Calibration Plan with Manager, Loaners,
7x24 Technical Assistance and Software Enhancement Agreements.
Software Enhancement Agreements — In response to new developments in technology, Acterna continually upgrades and revises the
software that drives many of its products. Software Enhancement
Agreements automatically ships the latest software revisions, releases
and upgrades to ensure products are operating at the most technologically advanced level.
Product Maintenance Agreements — Yearly repair and calibration
maintenance agreements simplify billing and help ensure equipment is
always operating at optimum levels. Product maintenance agreements can be used to extend a current warranty or provide protection
for out-of-warranty units.
Repair Pricing Options — For out-of-warranty repairs, Acterna offers
two additional pricing options: time and material pricing and flat rate
pricing. Under time and material pricing, customers are billed for the
actual cost of the repair, making this a cost-effective method for minor
repairs. Under flat rate pricing, customers pay a fixed service charge
to repair unit failures (excluding damage or abuse).

Consulting
services

To quickly improve our customer’s efficiency and productivity, Acterna
offers personalized consulting programs designed to meet specific
client needs. Our consulting staff will work as part of your team,
providing a valuable blend of subject matter proficiency, an in-depth
test and measurement systems perspective, and trusted telecommunications industry vision.
Methods and Procedure Development — Acterna's Methods and
Procedure Development services include consulting with your staff
and assessing your network plant’s current test and turn-up procedures. After evaluating the skill level of your workforce in specific technologies and procedures, an Acterna team of experts identifies
potential areas of improvement and makes appropriate recommendations in a formal implementation plan. Depending on your staff 's level
of expertise, test procedures can be written to any level of detail, from
general methods and procedures to detailed “button-by-button" test
and network equipment-specific procedures. In addition, Acterna’s
experts offer hands-on training for your field technicians and can

298

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

resolve specific problems at the central office. Acterna develops test
plans and procedures for Service Providers, End-users and Manufacturers of Network Equipment.
Test Automation — With Acterna’s Test Automation Development, a
team of experts can develop customized automated and remote
testing solutions so that you can keep your network functioning at peak
levels. After consulting with you, the Acterna team can determine
which of Acterna’s test and analysis equipment and automation platforms can best streamline your testing processes, data analysis, and
test result storage methods. The consulting team can develop and
integrate automated testing applications on customers’ currently
installed computer platforms that match existing methods and procedures. An Acterna team of consultants can assist customers
throughout every stage of the development and implementation of
automated and remote testing solutions. Services range from developing automated scripts to integrating customized software applications to developing drivers to automated manufacturing tests.
On-site Test and Measurement Service — Acterna On-site Test and
Measurement Service provides testing expertise to expedite the
implementation, turn-up, and provisioning of network services.
Applying their knowledge to your specific network requirements,
Acterna’s network consultants can quickly verify transmission
systems’ implementation, assess a fiber plant’s suitability for
advanced services, future-proof your system. Because incomplete
testing often results in crippling losses of revenue, carriers and
providers must operate their networks with a very low margin of error.
Difficulties in ensuring network performance are further compounded
when technicians must employ unfamiliar yet critical test and
measurement processes. But with Acterna’s dedicated, highly skilled
team of professionals providing communications test and measurement solutions, your staff can concentrate on performing value-added
services that will maximize your profitability.

Integrated service
programs

Service Dollars (North America only) — To deliver the highest level
of support with your product purchase, Acterna offers Service Dollars.
Services Dollars can be purchased at anytime, for each Acterna instrument. If purchased at the same time as your product, Service Dollars
are discounted 20 percent. This is a significant savings, as Service
Dollars can be used towards the purchase of any of Global Services

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

299

Appendix C Customer Services
Global services and solutions

and Solutions offerings. Service Dollars are also flexible in the fact that
they can be purchased at anytime and then used later towards the
specific service that best fits your support needs.

300

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Glossary

Symbols/Numerics
802.11b — IEEE standard for wireless LANs. You can establish wireless LAN connections to the TestPad
using an 802.11 PCMCIA card.
802.3 — The IEEE specification for
Ethernet. 802.3 also specifies a
frame type that places the frame
length in the Length/Type field of the
Ethernet header, as opposed to the
DIX Type II frame type which utilizes
the Length/Type field to identify the
payload Ethertype.

C
CJPAT — Continuous jitter test
pattern.
Controls — Synonym for test
configuration. Appears on the
TestPad user interface.
CRC — Cyclic redundancy check.
See also FCS.
CRPAT — Continuous random test
pattern.

A
ADM — Add-drop multiplexer.
ATP — Acterna test packet. A test
packet that contains a time stamp
and sequence number for measuring
round trip delay and counting out-ofsequence frames. To transmit ATPs

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

from an FST-2802, you select an
Acterna payload on the Tx Profiles
tab when you configure a test.

CSPAT — Compliant supply noise
test pattern.

D
DA — Destination address.

Revision A

301

Glossary

DB-9 — Standard 9-pin RS-232
serial port or connector. The Y cable
supplied with the TestPad provides a
DB-9 connector.
DB-25 — 25-pin RS-232 serial port
or connector.
DHCP — Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A communications
protocol that assigns IP addresses
dynamically as needed. Also
supports static IP address assignment.
DIX — Digital, Intel, and Xerox.
Ethernet Type II frame format.
DTE — Data Terminal Equipment.
Port that serves as the data transmission source, data transmission destination, or both, for the purpose of
sending or receiving data. The USB/
Serial port of the TestPad is configured as a DTE port.

E
Ethernet — A LAN protocol. Using
the FST-2802, you can test and verify
Ethernet network elements and
services. If you purchase the
Networking option, you can establish
Ethernet connections from the
TestPad to an Ethernet network or a
laptop or PC using an Ethernet
PCMCIA card and an Ethernet LAN
or crossover cable. After you establish an Ethernet connection, you can
run the Remote GUI, use FTP to
transfer files, issue remote control
commands, and launch the Web
browser.

302

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Ethernet link partner — The
nearest Ethernet device on a link.
The FST-2802 auto-negotiates its
capabilities with this device when you
initialize a link.

F
FCS — Frame check sequence. A
value calculated by an originating
device and inserted into an Ethernet
frame. The receiving device
performs the same calculation, and
compares its FCS value with the FCS
value in the frame. If the values don’t
match (suggesting the frame is
errored), an FCS error is declared.
Switching devices will discard the
frame.
FDX — Full duplex.
FTP — File transfer protocol.
Protocol used on LANs and the
Internet to transfer files. If you
purchase the Networking option, you
can transfer files to and from the
TestPad using FTP.

G
GBIC — Gigabit Interface Converter.
An Ethernet or Fibre Channel module
that provides a media conversion
from a standard, defined Ethernet or
Fibre Channel interface to the
desired media such as single-mode
or multi-mode fiber. The FST-2802
provides a GBIC jack for
1G Ethernet, 1G Fibre Channel, and
2G Fibre Channel testing.

Revision A

Glossary

GUI — Graphical User Interface.
Layout of commands in a userfriendly environment. See also UI
(user interface).

frame that exceeds the maximum
length of 2140 bytes with an errored
CRC.

H
HDX — Half duplex.
Histogram — Print output of specific
results in a bar graph format.

LCD — Liquid crystal display.

ICMP — Internet Control Message
Protocol. Protocol which provides
basic control messages such as
Echo Requests and Echo Replies for
IP packet processing. When you ping
a layer 3 or IP device using the FST2802, the FST-2802 displays key
ICMP messages in the message
display of the user interface.
IP — Internet Protocol. Protocol
specifying the format and address
scheme of packets transmitted over
the Internet. Typically used with TCP.
ISP — Internet service provider. A
vendor who provides access to the
Internet and the World Wide Web.
ITU — International Telecommunications Union based in Geneva, Switzerland.

J
jabber — An Ethernet frame that
exceeds the IEEE 802.3 maximum
length of 1518 bytes (or 1522 bytes
with a VLAN tag) and contains an
errored FCS, or a Fibre Channel
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

jumbo frame — An Ethernet frame
that exceeds the IEEE 802.3
maximum length of 1518 bytes (or
1522 bytes with a VLAN tag), or a
Fibre Channel frame that exceeds
2140 bytes. You can transmit jumbo
frames using the FST-2802.

LED — Light emitting diode.
LLC — Logical link control. Three
bytes carried in 802.3 frames which
specify the memory buffer the data
frame is placed in. When you
transmit pings using the FST-2802,
you can transmit 802.3 frames with
LLC, or 802.3 frames with LLC and
SubNetwork Access Protocol
(SNAP).

M
MDI — Medium dependent interface.
MDI-X — Medium dependent interface crossover.
Msg — Message.
MSPP — MSPP. Multi-service provisioning platform. Typically next
generation SONET multiplexors
capable of aggregating multiple
access technologies such as
Ethernet, TDM, and ATM onto a
SONET ring.

Revision A

303

Glossary

NiMH — Nickel-Metal Hydride. The
TestPad is equipped with a rechargeable Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.

RFC 2544 — Document titled
Benchmarking Methodology for
Network Interconnect Devices,
published by the Internet Engineering Task Force. RFC 2544
defines a series of tests that can be
used to measure the performance
characteristics of data networking
devices. Using the FST-2802, you
can run an automated script which
prompts you for key parameters for
each of the RFC 2544 recommended
tests.

P
PCMCIA — Personal Computer
Memory Card International Association. The PCMCIA standardizes
credit-card size packages for
memory and input/output for
computers, laptops, palmtops, and
more.
Ping — Program which sends an
ICMP echo request packet to an IP
address and awaits a reply. Ping
requests are typically used to test
connectivity. You can transmit and
respond to ping packets using the
FST-2802.
Print event trigger — An event,
such as a change in test results or a
test restart, which prompts the
TestPad to generate print output.
Print mode — The means of generating print output on the TestPad.
You can manually generate output,
schedule the TestPad to generate
output at timed intervals, or schedule
the TestPad to generate output when
a test ends.
Print type — The type of information
provided in print output.

RJ-11 — Modular telephone jack,
typically used for telephones,
modems, and fax machines.
RJ-45 — Jack on the FST-2802
used for 10/100 Ethernet testing.
RS-232 — Set of standards specifying electrical, functional and
mechanical interfaces used for
communicating between computers,
terminals and modems.
runt — An Ethernet frame that is
shorter than the IEEE 802.3
minimum frame length of 64 bytes
and contains an errored FCS, or a
Fibre Channel frame that is shorter
than the minimum 28 byte frame
length containing an errored CRC.
Rx — Receive.

S
SA — Source address.
Secs — Seconds.

304

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Glossary

Service disruption time — The
time between Ethernet or Fibre
Channel frames (maximum interframe gap) when service switches to
a protect line. The Svc Disruption
(ms) result in the Link Stats category
displays the service disruption time.
SFD — Start of frame delimiter. Part
of an Ethernet frame preamble that
indicates that the destination
address frame is about to begin.
SMTP — Simple mail transfer
protocol. You must connect to an
SMTP server to send e-mail from the
TestPad.
SNAP — SubNetwork Access
Protocol. Protocol used in 802.3
frames which specifies a vendor
code and an Ethertype. When you
transmit pings using the FST-2802,
you can transmit 802.3 frames with
with logical link control (LLC) and
SNAP.

T
Tcl/Tk — Scripting language which
enables you to write your own test
scripts for the TestPad.
TCP — Transmission Control
Protocol. Protocol enabling two hosts
to establish a connection and
exchange streams of data.
Term — See Terminate
Terminate — An application where
the test set is terminating the circuit.
In these applications, the test set
sends and receives traffic.

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Thru — An application where the
test set is used in series with a
network circuit to monitor the traffic
on that circuit.
ToS — Type of service. When you
configure the FST-2802 to transmit
pings, you can optionally specify the
type of service using the Advanced
button on the PING tab.
TTL — Time to live. Time after which
a fragmented ping request or
response can be deleted by any
device on a circuit. When you
configure the FST-2802 to transmit
pings, you can optionally specify the
TTL value in seconds using the
Advanced button on the PING tab.
Tx — Transmit

U
UIM — User interface module.
USB — Universal Serial Bus. A bus
designed to handle a broad range of
devices, such as keyboards,
mouses, printers, modems, and
hubs. The Y cable supplied with the
TestPad provides a USB connector.

V
VNC — Virtual Network Computing.
A thin client system that enables you
to run applications on a VNC server
from any other computer connected
to the Internet. Using VNC, you can

Revision A

305

Glossary

run the TestPad from a remote workstation, and you can run remote
applications from the TestPad.

306

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Index

Numerics
802.11b connections
establishing 87
parameters 89
802.3 frames 115, 160

A
Accessories
about 8
connectivity 12
GBICs 9
miscellaneous 15
print 14
Acrobat Reader, launching 66
Acterna payload, Ethernet
measuring round trip delay 158
selecting 137
Acterna payload, Fibre Channel
measuring round trip delay 214
selecting 195

swapping 28
AutoMATE option 24
Automated scripts
AutoMATE 24
running 109
viewing results 110
Automatic loopback feature
Ethernet 153
Fibre Channel 209
AutoNeg Status results 224
Auto-negotiation, Ethernet
about 113
specifying advertised capabilities 123

B
Batteries
charging 32
maintenance guidelines 30
replacing 32
viewing charge status 31

Alarms, clearing 106

BER testing
Layer 1, Ethernet 143
Layer 1, Fibre Channel 200
Layer 2, Ethernet 146
Layer 2, Fibre Channel 202

Application buttons 21

Bluetooth connections 87

Application modules
connecting 28

Bottom panel 18

Action buttons 23
Alarm LEDs 222

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Brightness key 25

Revision A

307

Index

Bursty traffic
about 118
configuring for Ethernet 128
configuring for Fibre Channel 188

mouse 33
printers 49
TestPad for testing 96
TestPad’s FTP server 77
USB devices 33

Buttons
Action 23
Application 21
Battery 23
LLB OFF 208
Loop Up 153, 209
Port 22
Power Status 25
Reset Svc Disruption 148, 204
Result Category 23
RFC 2544 22
Setup 22
System 23
Tools 23, 24

Connections
about serial and network 80
IP socket 90
LAN 87
modem dial-in 85
modem dial-out 83
serial 81, 82
Connectivity
establishing Ethernet 121
establishing Fibre Channel 185
troubleshooting Ethernet 127
troubleshooting Fibre Channel 187
Connectivity Tools Menu command 24
Connectors, serial 17

Constant traffic
about 118
configuring for Ethernet 128
configuring for Fibre Channel 188

Charging the battery 32
CJPAT pattern 150, 206
Clearing
alarms 106
NOVRAM 46

Consulting services 298–299
Copying and pasting files 75
CRC errors, inserting 211

Commands, remote control
configuration 251
event 285
miscellaneous 287
result 269

CRPAT pattern 150, 206
CSPAT pattern 150, 206
Custom result category 45
Customer services 290–295
technical assistance 290
warranty information 292–295

Computer name, TestPad 70
Configuration commands
config 251
config:all 266
config:id 266
config:test 267
config:value 266

D
Date and time, setting 35

Configuration summary bar 22

default.txt file 47

Configurations
loading 108
storing 107

308

Deleting files 75
DHCP 89

Configuring
Ethernet traffic loads, Ethernet 128
Fibre Channel traffic loads, Fibre
Channel 188
network equipment 68, 69
serial printers 50
tests 94

Dial-in connections 85

Connecting
application modules 28
keyboards 33

Dual port THRU mode
monitoring 1G Ethernet traffic 175
monitoring Fibre Channel traffic 216

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Dial-out connections 83
Display panel, LED 222
DIX frames 114
DNS server address, LAN connections 89

Revision A

Index

Event triggers 49

Extended keypad
about 25
Brightness key 25
Help key 26
Keyboard key 26
Printer Setup key 26
Restart key 25
Toggle Screen key 25

Electrical specifications 247
E-mail, sending 62
Emulating a VT100 terminal 69
End-to-end testing, Ethernet
inserting FCS errors 156
performing 140
End-to-end testing, Fibre Channel
inserting CRC errors 211
performing 197

Environmental specifications 246

Factory defaults, restoring 46

Equipment
product support plans 297–298

FCS errors, inserting 156
Features and capabilities
Ethernet 4
Fibre Channel 5
FST-2000 TestPad 5

Error Stats results 234
Ethernet 128
Ethernet connections 87
Ethernet testing
about 112
assigning source address to port 172
auto-negotiation 113
end-to-end testing 140
establishing connectivity 121
inserting FCS errors 156
Layer 1 BERT 143
Layer 2 BERT 146
link initialization 112, 123
loopback testing 151
measuring round trip delay 158
measuring service disruption time 147
monitoring 10/100 traffic 177
monitoring 1G traffic 174, 175
monitoring IP addresses 176
ping testing 159
running RFC 2544 script 165, 169
transmitting patterns 149
troubleshooting 1G connectivity 127
Ethernet traffic
802.3 frame format 160
about 113
bursty loads 118
configuring loads 128
constant loads 118
DIX frame format 114
ramped loads 119
receive profiles 120, 133
switching 115
transmit profiles 120, 136
VLAN tagged frame format 115
Event commands 285
event 285
event change 286
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Fibre Channel testing
about 182
end-to-end testing 197
establishing connectivity 185
inserting a CRC error 211
Layer 1 BERT 200
Layer 2 BERT 202
link initialization 182
loopback testing 207
measuring round trip delay 214
measuring service disruption time 203
monitoring traffic 215
transmitting patterns 205
troubleshooting connectivity 187
Fibre Channel traffic
about 182
bursty loads 118
configuring loads 188
constant loads 118
frame format 182, 183
ramped loads 119
receive profiles 185, 192
transmit profiles 184, 194
Files
copying and pasting 75
deleting 75
filtering 74
renaming 75
running 75
selecting 71
viewing 75
Filter Counts results 232
Filter Stats results 231

Revision A

309

Index

Filtering
Ethernet traffic 133, 136
Fibre Channel traffic 192, 194
files 74

Internet and intranet content, viewing 68
IP address 176
determining the TestPad’s 70

Flow control
turning off advertised capability 123
Frame formats
802.3 160
DIX 114
DIX, VLAN tagged 115
Fibre Channel 183

IP socket connections 90

J
Jumbo frames
provisioning routers for 162
transmitting 139

Front panel 19
FST-2802
accessories 8
base configurations 6
basic operations 27
basic testing 93
connections for remote applications 79
Ethernet testing 111
features and capabilities 3
Fibre Channel testing 181
GBICs 9
loading software upgrades 43
options 7
powering 20
remote control commands 249
settings 24
specifications 245
test results 219
FTP server
connecting to remote 76
connecting to TestPad’s 77

K
Keyboard key 26
Keyboards
connecting USB 33
on-screen 61
Keys
Brightness 25
Help 26
Keyboard 26
Printer Setup 26
Restart 25
Toggle Screen 25

L
LAN connections 87
LED display panel 20

G
GBIC, accessories 9

H
Headings, on print output 52

Line loopback feature
Ethernet 151
Fibre Channel 207

Help key 26

Link Counts results 228

Histograms, setting up 57

Link initialization
about Ethernet 112
about Fibre Channel 182
Ethernet auto-negotiation 113
specifying Ethernet parameters 123

Hub, connecting 33
HyperTerminal, launching 69

I
Inserting
CRC errors 211
FCS errors 156

310

LEDs
alarm 222
display panel 222
result category 223
results 222
status 222

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Link Stats results 227
Load types
configuring Ethernet 128
configuring Fibre Channel 188

Revision A

Index

Loads, traffic
bursty 118
constant 118
ramped 119

using dual port THRU mode 216
using single port THRU mode 215
Mouse, connecting 33
Muting the speaker 39

Loop Up button 153, 209
Loopback testing, Ethernet
about 151
inserting FCS errors 156
text identifiers 153
two TestPad requirement 115
using automatic loopback 153
using line Loopback 151

N
Networking option 8
NOVRAM, clearing 46

Loopback testing, Fibre Channel
about 207
inserting CRC errors 211
text identifiers 210
using automatic loopback 209
using line Loopback 207

O
Online help
launching 24, 26
On-screen keyboard 61

M
MAC address
assigning user-specified 172
determining factory-assigned 139
MDIs 179
Measuring
round trip delay, Ethernet 158
round trip delay, Fibre Channel 214
service disruption time, Ethernet 147
service disruption time, Fibre Channel
203

Options
about 6
AutoMATE 24
FST-2802 7
loading 41
Networking 8
Scripting 8
TestPad 8
VLAN Tagging 7
VT100 8, 69
Web browser 8, 68
options command 288

Medium dependent interfaces 179

Message display bar 23

Panels
bottom 18
front 19
LED display 20
top 16

Miscellaneous commands
hello 287
help 287
id 288
options 288
print 288
rev 288

Parameters
connectivity 81
testing 94

Modem dial-in connections 85

Password, remote GUI 35

Modem dial-out connections 83

Pattern Stats results 237

monitoring on 1G Ethernet 176

Patterns
CJPAT 150, 206
CRPAT 150, 206
CSPAT 150, 206
transmitting Ethernet 149
transmitting Fibre Channel 205

Monitoring traffic, Ethernet
10/100 in dual port THRU mode 177
1G using a splitter 174
1G using dual port THRU mode 175
1G using single port THRU mode 174
IP addresses on 1G traffic 176
Monitoring traffic, Fibre Channel
using a splitter 215
FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Payload, Acterna
Ethernet 137, 158
Fibre Channel 195, 214

Revision A

311

Index

Remote control
characteristics of commands 250
configuration commands 251
event commands 285
miscellaneous commands 287
result commands 269

PCMCIA cards
serial 81
slots 17
PDFs, viewing 66
Physical specifications 246
Ping
Ping Stats results 237
response messages 164
testing 159

Remote control function, about 250

Port buttons 22

Remote GUI
Extended keypad commands 26, 71
password 35
running 70

Power status button 25

Renaming files 75

Powering the TestPad 20

Replacing batteries 32

print command 288

Rest Svc Disruption button 148, 204

Print output See Printing

Restart key 25

Printer Setup key 26

Restarting tests 106

Printers
configuring serial 50
connecting 33, 49
Printer Setup key 26

Restoring factory defaults 46
Result Category button 23

Printing
headings on output 52
histograms 57
print event triggers 49
print management 24
print modes 49
print output, viewing 60
print types 49
stored print files 61
test configurations and test results 47
to text files 47
Product support plans 297–298
Profiles, Ethernet
defining receive 133
defining transmit 136
Profiles, Fibre Channel
defining receive 192
defining transmit 194
Provisioning routers for jumbo frame
support 162

R
Ramped traffic
about 119
configuring for 128
configuring for Fibre Channel 188
Receive profiles
defining Ethernet 133
defining Fibre Channel 192

312

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Result commands 269
AutoNeg Status 280
Error Stats 278
Filter Counts 277
Filter Stats 275
LED results 270
Link Counts 273
Link Stats 271
Pattern Stats 282
Ping Stats 283
result 269
result:all 269
result:id 269
result:summary 269
Signal 271
Result display 23
Result panes 23
Results
about 220
AutoNeg Status 224
Error Stats 234
Filter Counts 232
Filter Stats 231
LED 222, 223
Link Counts 228
Link Stats 227
Pattern Stats 237
Ping Stats 237
Signal 223
Summary 220
Time 224
RFC 2544
about the script 165

Revision A

Index

button 22
running script from Remote GUI 169
running script from TestPad 165
Round trip delay
measuring Ethernet 158
measuring Fibre Channel 214
test results 227

Source address
assigning user-specified 172
determining factory-assigned 139
Speaker settings 39

Routers, provisioning for jumbo frames
162
Rx profiles See Receive profiles

Specifications
electrical 247
environmental 246
physical 246
Specifying
advertised auto-negotiation capabilities 123
link initialization parameters 123

Status LEDs 222

Safety
safety instructions ix
symbols on the module x

Stylus 21
Summary bar 22

Screen brightness, setting 38

Summary results 220

Screen saver, setting up 37
Scripting option 8
Scripts
about RFC 2544 165
running RFC 2544 from Remote GUI
169
running RFC 2544 from TestPad 165
See alsoTest scripts
Selecting files 71

Swapping
addresses 115
application modules 28
Switch port emulation 113
Switching, Ethernet 115
System button 23

Sending e-mail 62

TCP/IP address, LAN connections 89

Serial connections
default settings 82
establishing 81

Technical assistance, Acterna xxiii
Test configurations
loading 108
storing 107

Service disruption time
measuring Ethernet 147
measuring Fibre Channel 203
Services
consulting services 298–299
global services and solutions 299–300
product support plans 297–298
Settings
serial connections 82
speaker 39
TestPad 24
Setup button 22
Signal results 223
Single port THRU mode
monitoring 1G Ethernet traffic 174
monitoring Fibre Channel traffic 215
SMTP server, e-mail 62

Software upgrades, loading 43

Test results
about 220
AutoNeg Status 224
Custom 45
Error Stats 234
Filter Counts 232
Filter Stats 231
LED 222, 223
Link Counts 228
Link Stats 227
Pattern Stats 237
Ping Stats 237
printing 47
Signal 223
Summary 220
Time 224
viewing 106

Socket connections 90

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

313

Index

Test scripts
about RFC 2544 165
AutoMATE option 24
running 109
running RFC 2544 from Remote GUI
169
running RFC 2544 from TestPad 165
viewing, renaming, and deleting 110
Testing
basic 93
configuring a test 94
connecting TestPad for 96
Ethernet 111
Fibre Channel 181
restarting 24, 106
running a test 94
scripts See Test scripts
test results 219
TestPad
bottom panel 18
computer name 70
connecting for testing 96
connectors 96
determining IP address 70
front panel 19
FTP server 77
LED display panel 20
options 8
powering 20
sending e-mail 62
settings 24
setup requirements 35
software initialization 30
stylus 21
top panel 16
user interface 21
Text identifiers, defining 153, 210
THRU mode
dual port, Ethernet 175
dual port, Fibre Channel 216
single port, Ethernet 174
single port, Fibre Channel 215
Time results 224
Toggle Screen key 25
Tools button 24
Tools menu commands
AutoMATE 24
Connectivity 24
File Management 24
FST-2802 Settings 24
Help 24
Print Management 24
Programs 24
Store/Recall Setups 24

314

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Test Restart 24
TestPad Settings 24
Top panel 16
Traffic, Ethernet
802.3 frame format 160
about 113
bursty loads 118
configuring loads 128
constant loads 118
DIX frame format 114
ramped loads 119
receive profiles 120, 133
switching 115
transmit profiles 120, 136
VLAN tagged frame format 115
Traffic, Fibre Channel
about 182
bursty loads 118
configuring loads 188
constant loads 118
frame format 183
ramped loads 119
receive profiles 185, 192
transmit profiles 184, 194
Training 296–297
computer-based 297
courseware licensing program 297
instructor-led 296
train the trainer 297
Transmit profiles
defining Ethernet 136
defining Fibre Channel 194
Transmitting patterns
Ethernet 149
Fibre Channel 205
Troubleshooting 242
Ethernet connectivity 127
Fibre Channel connectivity 187
Tx profiles See Transmit profiles

U
UIM
attaching modules to 28
Upgrades, loading 43
USB devices, connecting 33
USB direct connections 87
USB/Serial port 17
User interface, navigating 21

Revision A

Index

V
Viewing
files 75
Internet/intranet content 68
PDFs 66
print files 60
script results 110
test results 106
VLAN tagging 136
about 115
frame format 115
monitoring tagged frames 136
option 7
transmitting tagged frames 138
VNC viewer 67
Volume, speaker 39

VT100 emulation 8, 69

W
Warranty information 292–295
hardware 292
services 294
software 293
warranty disclaimer 295
Web browser
launching 68
option 8
VNC viewer 67

Y
Y cable 17

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

315

Index

316

FST-2802 TestPad User’s Guide

Revision A

Worldwide
Headquarters

Regional Sales
Headquarters

12410 Milestone Center Dr.
Germantown, Maryland
20876-7100
USA

North America
12410 Milestone Center Dr.
Germantown, Maryland
20876-7100
USA
Toll Free: 1 866 ACTERNA
Toll Free: 1 866 228 3762
Tel: +1 301 353 1560x2850
Fax:+1 301 353 9216

Acterna is present in more
than 80 countries. To find
your local sales office go to:
www.acterna.com

Latin America
Av. Eng. Luis Carlos Berrini
936/8° e 9° andares
04571-000 São Paulo
SP-Brazil
Tel: +55 11 5503 3800
Fax:+55 11 5505 1598
Asia Pacific
42 Clarendon Street
PO Box 141
South Melbourne
Victoria 3205
Australia
Tel: +61 3 9690 6700
Fax:+61 3 9690 6750

Western Europe
Arbachtalstrasse 6
72800 Eningen u.A.
Germany
Tel: +49 7121 86 2222
Fax:+49 7121 86 1222
Eastern Europe,
Middle East & Africa
Aredstrasse 16-18
A-2544 Leobersdorf
Austria
Tel: +43 2252 65 610
Fax:+43 2252 65 610-22

Acterna, LLC.
All rights reserved.
Acterna, The Keepers of
Communications, and its
logo are trademarks of
Acterna, LLC. All other
trademarks and
registered trademarks
are the property of their
respective owners. Major
Acterna operations sites
are ISO 9001 registered.

Prospect Mira 26, stroenie 5
129090 Moscow
Russia
Tel: +7 095 937 88 04
Fax:+7 095 775 26 05
50-19162-01
Rev. A, 11-2003
English

Note: Specifications,
terms and conditions
are subject to change
without notice.

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Modify Date                     : 2003:11:12 15:51:56-05:00
Create Date                     : 2003:11:10 10:53:21Z
Page Count                      : 344
Creation Date                   : 2003:11:10 10:53:21Z
Mod Date                        : 2003:11:12 15:51:56-05:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Author                          : Acterna
Metadata Date                   : 2003:11:12 15:51:56-05:00
Creator                         : Acterna
Title                           : FST-2802 TestPad Gigabit Ethernet Services Module User's Guide
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Has XFA                         : No

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

FST 2802 Pad Gigabit Ethernet Services Module User's Guide TTC/TTC Users TTC

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation